THE
Accomplish'd
Sea-mans
DELIGHT
,
&c.
THough
the
Psalmist
tells
us
,
that
the
Lord
hath
Founded
the
Earth
upon
the
Seas
,
and
Established
it
on
the
Floods
,
Psal.
24.2
.
Because
for
the
more
Commodious
living
of
Man
and
Beasts
,
he
hat●
made
a
part
of
it
higher
then
the
Seas
,
or
at
least
restrained
their
Incursion
upon
it
,
so
as
now
they
make
but
one
intire
Globe
;
yet
because
the
Waters
in
the
first
Creation
covered
the
Face
of
the
Earth
,
I
will
begin
with
them
.
The
mother
of
Waters
,
the
great
deep
,
hath
undoubtedly
lost
nothing
of
her
ancient
bounds
or
depth
,
but
what
is
impaired
in
one
place
,
is
again
restored
to
her
in
another
.
The
Rivers
which
the
Earth
sucked
from
her
by
secret
Veins
,
it
renders
back
again
with
a
full
Mouth
;
and
the
Vapours
which
the
Sun
draws
up
,
empty
them●elves
again
into
her
Bosome
,
according
to
that
Expression
of
Du
,
Bartas
.
The
purest
Humour
in
the
Sea
,
the
Sun
Exhales
in
the
Aire
:
which
there
resolved
,
anon
Returns
to
Water
,
and
descends
again
,
By
sudry
ways
into
his
Mother
main
.
Her
motion
of
Ebbing
and
Flowing
,
and
of
high
Springs
and
dead
Neapes
,
are
still
as
certain
and
constant
as
the
Changes
of
the
Moon
and
Courses
of
the
Sun
:
Her
native
saltness
,
and
by
reason
thereof
her
strength
,
for
the
better
supporting
of
Navigable
Vessels
is
still
the
same
,
so
likewise
the
Rivers
,
the
Daughters
thereof
,
either
hold
on
their
wonted
Courses
and
Currents
,
or
what
they
have
diminished
in
one
Age
or
place
,
they
have
again
recompenced
and
repayed
in
another
.
Because
things
move
and
are
changed
(
without
which
such
and
so
great
matters
could
not
well
be
disposed
)
we
are
to
think
the
Earth
doth
not
alwayes
remain
in
the
same
state
,
without
addition
or
diminution
;
neither
yet
the
Water
,
as
if
they
were
alwayes
boudned
within
the
same
lists
,
especially
seeing
their
mutual
Change
is
natural
and
kindly
,
but
rather
that
much
Earth
is
turned
into
Water
,
and
contrariwise
no
less
Water
into
Earth
;
it
is
not
then
to
be
wondered
at
,
if
that
part
of
the
Earth
which
is
now
habitable
was
formerly
overflowed
with
Water
,
and
that
again
which
now
is
Sea
,
was
sometimes
habitable
;
as
amongst
Fountains
some
are
dryed
up
and
some
spring
forth
afresh
,
which
may
also
be
varifyed
of
Rivers
and
Lakes
,
wherewith
accords
that
of
Ovid
,
Met.
15.
Vidi
Ego
quod
fuerat
quondam
seti
disima
tellus
Esse
Fretum
.
What
was
firm
Land
sometimes
,
that
have
I
seen
Made
Sea
,
and
what
was
Sea
made
Land
again
;
On
Mountain
tops
old
Anchors
found
have
been
,
And
Sea-fish
shells
to
lie
far
from
the
main
.
Plaines
turn'd
to
Vales
by
Waterfalls
,
the
Down
By
overflows
is
chang'd
to
Champain
Land
;
Dry
ground
e're
while
,
now
moorish
seen
doth
drown
,
And
Fens
again
are
turn'd
to
thirsty
Sand.
Her
Fountains
now
hath
Nature
opened
,
Their
shut
up
springs
which
first
did
flow
amain
,
By
Earth-quakes
Rivers
of
sin
issued
,
Or
dryed
up
they
have
sunk
down
again
.
Nor
in
one
place
perpetually
to
tarry
,
All
things
in
every
Age
for
ever
more
do
very
,
And
Nature
changeth
still
the
course
she
once
begun
,
And
will
her self
undoe
what
she
of
Old
hath
done
.
Which
though
it
be
true
in
many
,
yet
those
great
ones
of
Indus
and
Ganges
,
and
Danubius
,
Rhenes
,
and
Nylus
,
are
littie
or
nothing
varied
from
the
same
courses
and
currents
which
they
held
Thousand
of
years
since
,
as
appears
in
their
discriptions
by
the
Ancient
Geographers
;
but
above
all
methinks
the
constant
rising
of
Nylus
continued
for
so
many
Ages
,
is
one
of
the
greatest
wonders
in
the
World
,
which
is
so
precise
in
regard
of
time
,
that
if
you
take
of
the
Earth
adjoyning
of
the
River
and
preserve
it
carefully
,
that
it
come
neither
to
be
wet
nor
wasted
,
and
weigh
it
daily
,
you
shall
find
it
neither
more
nor
less
heavy
till
the
seventeenth
of
June
,
at
which
day
it
beginneth
to
grow
more
ponderous
,
and
Augmenteth
with
the
Augmentation
of
the
River
,
whereby
they
have
an
infalible
Knowledge
of
the
state
of
the
Deluge
.
This
Mr.
George
Sandys
reports
,
and
Alpinus
a
Physitian
names
it
as
a
common
experiment
.
Whereas
heretofore
mention
hath
been
made
of
the
Sea
and
flowing
of
Waters
,
and
divers
other
motions
,
it
may
be
convenient
to
add
hereunto
the
sayings
and
writings
of
the
most
expert
Learned
Person
Fredericus
Delphinus
,
Doctor
of
Arts
and
Physick
,
and
publick
professor
of
the
Mathematical
Sciences
in
Padua
,
touching
the
flowing
and
reflowing
,
or
increase
or
decrease
(
otherwise
also
named
access
and
recess
)
that
is
,
coming
and
going
,
or
ebbing
and
flowing
of
the
Water
of
the
Sea
.
Which
flowing
and
reflowing
,
some
do
also
name
,
the
false
rest
or
quietness
,
or
inordinate
motion
of
the
Water
of
the
Sea
.
And
albeit
divers
men
have
Treated
of
this
Subject
,
yet
forasmuch
as
some
of
their
writings
are
somewhat
too
dark
,
and
not
easie
of
Men
to
be
understood
,
I
have
thought
necessary
,
partly
out
of
their
Writings
,
and
partly
by
my
own
Industry
,
more
clearly
and
largly
to
Treat
thereof
,
that
the
same
may
be
the
better
understood
of
all
men
.
Therefore
for
the
more
easie
understanding
of
these
two
manner
of
motions
of
the
Water
of
the
Sea
,
following
the
moving
of
the
Sun
and
Moon
,
to
the
moving
of
the
Primum
Mobile
.
The
first
moveable
,
is
first
to
be
known
,
that
wheresoever
a
man
is
on
the
Earth
,
his
Horizon
ever
cutteth
or
divideth
the
Heaven
to
him
into
two
halfs
,
and
the
one
half
of
Heaven
is
ever
above
his
Horizon
,
and
the
other
half
beneath
,
and
whereas
in
the
half
of
a
Sperical
or
round
Body
,
are
contained
two
quarters
,
two
shall
ever
be
above
his
Horizon
,
and
two
beneath
;
those
that
are
above
the
Horizon
,
are
called
diurnall
or
day
quarters
:
and
they
that
are
under
the
Horizon
,
are
called
the
Nocturnal
or
Night
quarters
.
Of
these
four
quarters
of
Heaven
,
are
two
of
which
is
made
the
flowing
or
increase
of
the
Water
of
the
Sea
:
and
other
two
in
which
is
made
the
flowing
or
increase
of
the
Water
of
the
Sea
:
and
other
two
in
which
is
made
the
flowing
or
decrease
of
the
Sea
.
The
quarters
in
the
which
is
made
the
flowing
,
is
the
quarter
which
is
from
the
East
to
the
South
above
the
Horizon
,
which
is
the
quarter
of
the
day
access
,
or
increase
of
the
day
:
and
the
quarter
opposite
or
contrary
,
which
is
from
the
West
to
midnight
under
the
Horizon
,
which
is
the
quarter
of
the
night
access
.
The
quarters
in
which
is
made
the
reflowing
or
decrese
,
is
the
quarter
which
is
from
the
South
to
the
West
above
the
Horizon
,
which
is
the
quarter
of
the
recess
of
the
day
:
and
the
quarter
opposite
,
which
is
from
midnight
to
the
East
under
the
Horizon
in
the
quarter
of
the
recess
of
the
night
.
Secondly
,
Is
also
to
be
known
,
that
there
are
in
Heaven
eight
points
of
the
flowing
and
reflowing
,
or
increase
or
decrease
of
the
Sea
:
of
the
which
,
four
are
strong
,
and
four
are
weak
,
two
are
weak
for
the
flowing
,
and
two
for
the
reflowing
;
weak
for
flowing
,
are
the
points
of
the
East
and
West
,
which
are
the
begining
of
the
two
quarters
of
flowing
:
weak
for
reflowing
,
is
the
point
of
the
South
or
Midday
,
and
the
point
of
Midnight
,
which
are
the
begining
of
the
quarters
of
reflowing
:
and
these
four
are
distant
the
one
from
the
other
,
by
a
quarter
of
Heaven
.
Of
the
strong
points
,
two
are
strong
for
flowing
,
and
two
for
reflowing
.
Strong
for
the
flowing
,
is
the
middle
point
between
the
East
and
the
South
,
being
distant
from
the
East
45
degrees
,
and
from
the
South
likewise
,
and
the
middle
point
between
the
West
and
Midnight
,
in
the
night
quarter
of
flowing
,
being
distant
from
the
West
45
degrees
,
and
from
Midnight
in
the
same
manner
.
Points
strong
for
the
reflowing
,
is
the
middle
point
between
the
South
and
West
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
being
distant
from
the
South
45
degrees
,
and
from
the
West
likewise
:
And
the
Middle
point
,
between
Midnight
and
the
East
,
in
the
quarter
of
the
night
reflowing
,
being
distant
from
Midnight
45
degrees
,
and
from
the
East
likewise
.
And
as
the
weak
Points
are
distant
one
from
the
other
by
a
quarter
of
the
Heaven
,
so
are
also
the
strong
Points
distant
the
one
from
the
other
by
a
quarter
of
Heaven
,
to
them
that
have
a
right
Horizon
.
Thirdly
,
It
is
to
be
known
,
that
besides
the
aforesaid
eight
Points
,
to
such
as
have
a
right
Horizon
,
there
are
many
other
Points
equipolent
or
of
equal
virtue
.
And
such
are
all
the
Points
of
Heaven
,
equally
distant
from
the
four
principal
Points
of
Heaven
;
which
four
principal
Points
are
,
the
Point
of
the
East
,
Point
of
the
West
,
Point
of
the
South
,
and
Point
of
Midnight
,
or
from
the
four
strong
Points
of
Heaven
,
which
is
all
one
,
yet
in
quarters
of
contrary
operation
;
for
all
such
Points
are
equipolent
or
of
equal
virtue
in
moving
of
the
Water
of
the
Sea
:
but
in
a
right
Horizon
it
is
otherwise
,
as
shall
appear
hereafter
.
Fourthly
,
We
are
also
to
take
notice
,
that
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
every
month
are
together
in
one
signe
,
degree
,
and
minute
.
And
this
so
being
,
is
called
the
conjunction
of
the
Moon
with
the
Sun
.
From
thence
for
the
space
of
eight
days
,
or
thereabout
,
the
Moon
is
departed
from
the
Sun
,
by
her
proper
motion
by
a
fourth
part
of
Heaven
:
and
this
departing
is
called
the
first
quarter
of
the
Moon
with
the
Sun
.
From
thence
about
fourteen
days
,
or
near
upon
,
she
is
departed
from
the
Sun
another
fourth
part
of
Heaven
,
and
so
by
the
half
of
Heaven
:
and
this
distance
is
called
the
opposition
of
the
Moon
with
the
Sun
,
by
the
full
Moon
.
From
thence
to
21
days
,
or
thereabouts
,
she
is
departed
from
her
opposition
with
the
Sun
or
Full
moon
by
another
fourth
part
of
the
Heaven
,
coming
toward
the
Sun
:
and
this
distance
is
called
the
second
quadrature
of
the
Moon
with
the
Sun
,
and
then
the
Moon
is
distant
from
the
Sun
by
a
fourth
part
of
the
Heaven
,
as
it
was
distant
in
the
first
quarter
,
and
so
cometh
near
to
conjunction
with
the
Sun
.
From
thence
at
30
days
,
or
thereabouts
,
the
Moon
is
again
in
conjunction
with
the
Sun
as
she
was
at
the
first
.
Fifthly
,
and
lastly
,
We
are
to
take
notice
that
the
Sun
and
the
moon
,
both
together
every
natural
day
(
which
is
the
time
of
24
hours
to
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
)
are
the
causes
of
flowing
and
reflowing
,
or
the
increase
or
decease
of
the
Water
of
the
Sea
twice
.
The
declarations
premised
,
and
well
kept
in
memorie
,
Let
us
declare
how
the
sun
and
moon
both
together
every
natural
day
,
to
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
are
the
causes
of
the
flowing
and
reflowing
of
the
Sea
.
For
if
all
these
declarations
are
well
kept
in
memory
,
and
especially
the
quarters
of
the
Heaven
in
which
is
the
flowing
,
and
the
quarters
of
Heaven
in
which
is
the
reflowing
,
and
which
are
the
strongest
Points
for
the
flowing
,
and
strong
Points
for
the
reflowing
:
These
(
I
say
)
being
kept
in
memory
,
all
the
narration
of
the
moving
,
and
false
quietness
of
rhe
Sea
shall
be
clear
&
manifest
.
For
the
further
Illusteration
of
what
hath
,
or
shall
be
said
hereafter
,
I
have
thought
fit
to
insert
this
following
Figure
.
A
Figure
shewing
the
beginning
of
the
day
increase
at
the
Sun
rising
,
and
the
beginning
of
the
day
decrease
in
the
Midday
,
and
the
beginning
of
the
Night
increase
at
the
Sun
setting
,
and
the
beginning
of
the
Night
decrease
at
Midnight
.
chart depicting the Sun and Moon's effect on water levels through a full day.
THe
Figure
is
so
plainly
demonstrated
,
that
we
need
not
to
make
any
stop
for
it
,
but
to
proceed
.
First
of
all
therefore
(
as
touching
the
flowing
and
reflowing
of
the
Sea
,
to
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
it
is
to
be
known
,
that
when
the
sun
and
the
moon
,
are
joyned
together
,
which
conjunction
is
called
Novilunium
(
that
is
)
the
new
moon
,
when
they
are
moved
to
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
from
the
East
to
the
South
,
because
the
virtues
both
of
the
sun
and
moon
are
united
together
,
and
both
these
Luminaries
are
moved
continually
in
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
by
the
quarters
of
the
day
flowing
,
which
is
from
the
East
to
the
West
;
the
day
flowing
or
encrease
of
the
Sea
is
continued
;
and
while
they
move
from
the
South
to
the
West
,
because
they
are
moved
continually
by
the
day
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
the
reflowing
still
continueth
;
and
while
they
are
moved
from
the
West
to
Midnight
,
because
they
are
then
moved
by
the
quarter
of
the
night
flowing
.
The
night
flowing
is
again
continual
,
and
while
they
are
moved
from
midnight
to
the
East
,
because
they
are
then
moved
by
the
night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
the
night
reflowing
is
again
continuall
:
and
thus
twice
in
the
natural
day
is
the
flowing
or
encrease
,
and
twice
the
reflowing
or
decrease
of
the
Water
of
the
Sea
.
It
is
again
secondarily
to
he
known
,
that
when
the
moon
after
her
conjunction
with
the
sun
,
by
her
proper
motion
is
departed
from
the
sun
towards
the
East
,
according
to
the
order
of
the
signs
,
going
towards
the
first
quadrature
of
sun
(
which
the
Italian
Pilots
call
41
quartirone
)
ever
before
the
moon
by
her
proper
motion
come
to
the
first
quarter
,
which
is
the
distance
of
the
moon
from
the
sun
towards
the
East
,
according
to
the
order
of
the
signs
,
by
a
quarter
or
fourth
part
of
the
Heaven
;
when
the
sun
is
so
much
above
the
Horizon
of
the
East
part
in
the
quarter
of
the
day
flowing
,
how
much
the
moon
is
under
the
Horizon
in
the
same
part
of
the
East
in
the
quarter
of
the
night
reflowing
,
because
then
the
sun
is
so
much
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
the
flowing
above
the
Horizon
,
they
are
equipollent
and
of
equal
virtue
,
therefore
then
is
neither
flowing
nor
reflowing
of
the
Water
of
the
Sea
,
but
the
Water
seemeth
to
stand
:
which
the
Venetians
call
L'
aqua
e
'
stanca
.
But
when
the
sun
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
cometh
near
to
the
strong
Point
of
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
the
moon
by
the
same
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
departeth
so
much
from
the
south
Point
of
the
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
in
the
night
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
coming
towards
the
weak
Point
of
the
East
flowing
,
then
is
the
moon
in
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
in
the
night
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
the
reflowing
is
weakned
,
and
the
flowing
is
fortifyed
:
And
then
the
Water
of
the
Sea
begineth
to
flow
.
And
how
much
more
the
sun
approacheth
to
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
so
much
more
the
moon
is
departed
rom
the
strong
Point
of
the
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
in
the
night
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
approaching
to
the
weak
Point
of
the
East
flowing
,
and
therefore
the
flowing
continueth
.
But
when
the
sun
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
cometh
to
the
strong
point
of
the
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
flowing
;
then
the
moon
is
departed
from
the
strong
Point
of
the
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
in
the
night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
and
is
made
near
to
the
Point
of
the
Eeast
flowing
,
and
therefore
the
flowing
yet
continueth
.
But
when
the
moon
shall
come
to
the
weak
Point
of
the
East
flowing
,
she
then
to
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
is
moved
by
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
approaching
to
the
strong
Point
of
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
:
and
the
Sun
,
because
it
is
distant
from
the
moon
less
then
a
quarter
,
shall
likewise
be
moved
by
the
same
day
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
and
approaching
to
the
weak
Point
of
the
south
reflowing
:
and
therefore
because
both
are
moved
by
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
approaching
to
the
strong
Point
of
flowing
,
which
is
about
the
Horizon
:
And
the
sun
,
because
it
is
distant
from
the
moon
less
then
a
quarter
,
shall
likewise
be
moved
by
the
same
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
approaching
to
the
same
weak
Point
of
the
south
reflowing
:
and
therefore
because
both
are
moved
by
the
day
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
the
flowing
shall
continue
.
And
when
the
sun
by
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
cometh
to
the
weak
Point
of
the
reflowing
,
because
then
the
moon
is
nearer
the
strong
point
of
the
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
then
the
sun
to
the
strong
Point
of
the
reflowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
the
flowing
shall
continue
.
And
when
that
the
moon
shall
come
to
the
strong
point
of
flowing
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
the
sun
shall
not
yet
be
in
the
strong
Point
of
the
reflowing
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
because
the
sun
is
distant
from
the
moon
less
then
a
quarter
,
but
will
come
to
it
:
and
then
the
moon
shall
depart
from
the
strong
point
of
the
flowing
,
and
shall
be
less
distant
from
it
then
the
sun
from
the
strong
Point
of
reflowing
,
and
therefore
the
flowing
shall
yet
continue
,
untill
the
sun
be
so
much
beyond
the
South
towards
the
West
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
how
much
the
moon
is
on
this
side
the
south
towards
the
East
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
:
And
then
the
sun
shall
be
so
much
distant
from
the
strong
Point
of
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
beyound
the
South
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
reflowing
;
how
much
the
moon
is
from
the
strong
Point
of
the
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
before
the
South
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
:
and
incontinently
the
sun
and
the
moon
shall
be
equipolent
or
of
equal
strength
,
and
therefore
shall
be
no
flowing
nor
reflowing
as
we
have
said
before
.
And
when
the
sun
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
shall
come
to
the
strong
Point
of
reflowing
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
the
moon
by
the
same
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
be
departed
so
much
from
the
strong
Point
of
flowing
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
coming
towards
the
weak
Point
of
the
South
reflowing
:
and
then
the
moon
shall
be
more
distant
from
the
strong
Point
of
flowing
,
then
the
sun
from
the
strong
Point
of
reflowing
.
And
so
the
sun
shall
be
stronger
than
the
moon
,
and
therefore
then
shall
begin
the
reflowing
,
and
shall
continue
according
aa
the
sun
shall
approach
to
the
strong
point
of
the
reflowing
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
reflowing
:
and
the
moon
shall
be
departed
from
the
strong
Point
of
the
flowing
,
in
the
quarter
of
the
day
flowing
.
And
when
the
sun
shall
come
to
the
strong
Point
of
the
reflowing
the
moon
shall
be
departed
frem
the
strong
Point
of
the
flowing
,
in
the
quarter
of
the
day
flowing
.
And
when
the
sun
shall
come
to
the
strong
Point
of
the
reflowing
,
the
moon
shall
be
departed
from
the
strong
Point
of
the
flowing
,
and
therefore
the
reflowing
shall
continue
,
And
when
the
moon
shall
come
to
the
weak
Point
of
the
South
reflowing
,
the
sun
shall
be
departed
from
the
strong
Point
of
the
reflowing
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
coming
towards
the
weak
Point
of
the
West
flowing
:
yet
shall
the
sun
be
less
distant
from
the
strong
Point
of
the
reflowing
,
then
the
moon
from
the
strong
Point
of
the
flowing
,
and
therefore
the
reflowing
shall
yet
continue
.
And
when
the
sun
shall
come
to
the
weak
point
of
the
West
flowing
:
yet
shall
the
sun
be
less
distant
from
the
strong
Point
of
the
reflowing
,
then
the
moon
from
the
strong
Point
of
the
flowing
,
and
therefore
the
reflowing
shall
yet
continue
.
And
when
the
sun
shall
come
to
the
weak
Point
of
the
West
flowing
,
the
moon
shall
be
near
to
the
strong
Point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
and
shall
be
less
distant
from
it
,
then
the
sun
from
the
strong
Point
of
the
flowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
in
the
night
quarter
of
flowing
,
because
she
is
distant
from
the
Sun
less
then
a
quarter
of
the
fourth
part
of
Heaven
:
therefore
the
reflowing
shall
yet
continue
,
untill
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
on
the
Horizon
on
the
W●st
part
in
the
quarter
of
the
night
flowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
above
the
Horizon
in
the
same
part
of
the
West
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
.
And
because
then
the
Moon
shall
be
so
much
distant
from
the
strong
Point
of
the
flowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
in
the
West
part
,
in
the
night
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
as
the
Moon
from
the
strong
Point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
in
that
part
of
the
West
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
:
then
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
shall
be
equipollent
(
that
is
)
of
equal
strength
and
virtue
,
and
so
shall
there
be
neither
Floowing
nor
Refloowing
.
But
when
the
sun
,
by
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
come
to
the
strong
Point
of
the
Flowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
in
the
night
quarter
of
the
Flowing
;
the
moon
by
the
same
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
be
departed
as
much
from
the
strong
Point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
in
the
day
quarter
of
Reflowing
:
and
then
the
sun
shall
be
less
distant
from
the
strong
Point
of
Reflowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
in
the
day
quarter
of
Reflowing
,
&
then
the
sun
shall
be
less
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
in
the
night
quarter
of
flowing
,
then
the
moon
from
the
strong
Point
of
reflowing
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
and
therefore
the
sun
shall
be
stronger
than
the
moon
:
and
then
again
shall
begin
the
flowing
,
and
shall
continue
(
as
is
said
before
)
untill
the
sun
be
so
much
beyond
midnight
towards
the
East
,
in
the
night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
how
much
the
moon
is
on
this
side
midnight
,
towards
the
West
,
in
the
night
quarter
of
flowing
,
and
the
sun
shall
be
so
much
distant
from
the
strong
Point
of
reflowing
,
as
the
moon
from
the
strong
Point
of
the
flowing
:
and
then
incontinently
the
sun
and
the
moon
shall
be
of
equal
strength
,
and
there
shall
be
neither
flowing
nor
reflowing
.
But
when
the
Sun
,
by
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
cometh
to
the
strong
pont
of
the
reflowing
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
the
Moon
by
the
same
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
goeth
back
and
is
departed
as
much
from
the
strong
point
of
the
Flowing
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
Flowing
,
comming
to
the
weak
point
of
Midnight
reflowing
:
and
then
the
Sun
shall
be
less
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
and
then
shall
the
flowing
be
weakned
,
and
the
reflowing
strengthned
,
and
the
water
of
the
Sea
shall
then
begin
again
,
the
reflowing
shall
continue
(
as
is
said
before
)
untill
the
Sun
be
so
much
above
the
Horizon
on
the
East
part
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
under
the
Horizon
on
the
same
part
of
the
East
:
and
then
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
the
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
from
the
strong
point
of
the
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
reflowing
:
and
then
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
shall
be
again
of
equal
strength
,
and
there
shall
be
neither
flowing
nor
reflowing
.
Then
dayly
(
that
is
to
say
,
in
every
natural
day
)
shall
return
the
like
change
to
this
aforesaid
,
untill
the
Moon
by
her
proper
motion
,
shall
come
to
her
first
quadrature
with
the
Sun
,
which
the
Pilotes
and
Venetian
Marriners
call
it
quartirone
,
(
as
I
said
before
)
and
when
the
Moon
shall
come
to
her
first
quadrature
with
the
Sun
,
then
when
the
Sun
shall
be
in
the
weak
Point
of
the
East
for
the
flowing
,
the
Moon
shall
be
in
the
weak
Point
of
Midnight
for
reflowing
:
and
then
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
distant
from
the
strong
Point
of
the
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
on
the
East
part
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
from
the
strong
Point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
of
the
same
part
of
the
East
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
reflowing
:
and
so
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
again
shall
be
of
equal
force
and
power
,
and
there
shall
be
but
small
flowing
,
increase
or
diminishing
.
And
when
the
Sun
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
come
to
the
strong
Point
of
the
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
on
the
East
part
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
the
Moon
by
the
same
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
come
likewise
so
much
to
the
strong
Point
of
the
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
on
the
same
part
of
the
East
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
reflowing
:
and
continually
to
the
Diurnall
or
Day
motion
,
the
Sun
shall
be
also
much
distant
from
the
strong
Point
of
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
from
the
strong
Point
of
reflowing
,
and
continently
the
Sun
and
Moon
shall
be
again
of
equal
power
,
untill
the
Sun
by
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
come
to
the
strong
Point
of
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
;
and
then
likewise
the
Moon
shall
come
to
the
strong
Point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
,
because
these
Points
are
distant
one
from
another
by
a
quarter
of
Heaven
,
as
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
are
distant
from
themselves
by
a
quarter
of
Heaven
,
and
when
the
Sun
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
depart
as
much
from
the
strong
point
of
the
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
,
coming
toward
the
weak
point
of
the
East
flowing
,
and
the
Sun
shall
be
continually
distant
so
much
from
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
,
untill
the
same
come
to
the
weak
point
of
the
South
reflowing
:
and
then
the
Moon
likewise
shall
come
to
the
weak
point
of
the
East
flowing
.
And
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
shall
be
all
this
while
of
equal
strength
,
and
incontinently
there
shall
be
neither
flowing
nor
any
notable
reflowing
,
and
shall
be
after
the
same
manner
while
the
Sun
is
in
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
be
moved
from
the
South
to
the
West
,
because
then
the
Moon
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
be
mo●ed
from
the
East
to
the
South
:
and
likewise
while
the
●un
shall
be
moved
from
the
West
,
to
Midnight
,
be●ause
then
the
Moon
shall
be
moved
from
the
West
to
Midnight
.
And
so
in
all
the
time
of
one
revolution
of
Heaven
,
which
is
one
day
natural
of
24
hours
,
the
Sea
shall
neither
flow
nor
reflow
sensibly
,
but
shall
seem
to
stand
,
because
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
in
all
the
time
of
●hat
revolution
of
Heaven
,
shall
be
ever
of
equal
power
,
without
any
notable
difference
.
And
this
chanceth
about
the
eight
day
after
the
conjunction
●f
the
Moon
with
the
Sun
.
And
the
false
quietness
of
the
Water
of
the
Sea
,
of
which
the
Venetians
use
this
manner
of
saying
,
Da
gliotto
a
Juove
L'
Acqua
non
si
mo●e
.
From
the
eight
day
to
the
tenth
the
Water
moveth
not
.
When
the
Moon
shall
be
departed
from
the
Sun
,
beyond
the
first
quadrature
,
going
towards
her
opposition
with
the
Sun
,
when
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
above
the
Horizon
on
the
East
part
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
under
the
Horizon
in
the
same
part
of
the
East
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
the
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
departing
from
it
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
and
coming
to
the
weak
point
of
the
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
from
the
strong
point
of
the
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
coming
to
it
by
the
same
motion
of
the
first
moveable
:
and
then
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
shall
be
again
of
equal
power
,
and
there
shall
be
neither
flowing
nor
reflowing
.
And
when
the
Sun
by
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
come
to
the
weak
point
of
the
South
reflowing
,
the
Moon
by
the
same
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
approach
or
come
near
as
much
to
the
strong
point
of
the
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
then
the
Moon
shall
be
nearer
to
the
strong
point
of
the
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
then
the
Sun
to
the
strong
point
of
the
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
because
the
Moon
shall
be
stronger
then
the
Sun
:
And
according
as
the
Sun
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
shall
approach
to
the
weak
point
of
the
South
reflowing
,
the
Moon
by
the
same
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
approach
as
much
to
the
strong
point
of
the
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
:
and
so
the
reflowing
shall
continue
untill
the
Sun
come
to
the
weak
point
of
the
South
reflowing
.
And
when
the
Sun
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
depart
from
the
weak
point
of
the
South
reflowing
,
and
shall
be
moved
by
the
day
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
approaching
to
the
strong
point
of
the
reflowing
,
the
Moon
by
the
same
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
depart
as
much
from
the
strong
point
of
the
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
and
she
shall
be
also
moved
by
the
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
as
the
Sun
coming
to
the
weak
point
of
the
East
flowing
,
because
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
are
distant
between
themselves
more
then
by
a
quarter
of
Heaven
:
and
so
both
shall
be
moved
by
the
quarters
of
reflowing
,
and
therefore
the
reflowing
shall
continue
,
untill
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
beyond
the
South
,
towards
the
West
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
on
this
side
the
South
,
towards
the
East
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
.
And
then
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
distant
in
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
departing
from
it
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
towards
the
West
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
from
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
coming
to
it
:
and
so
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
shall
be
of
equal
force
,
and
then
shall
be
neither
flowing
nor
reflowing
.
And
when
the
Sun
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
be
departed
from
the
strong
point
of
the
reflowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
coming
to
the
weak
point
of
the
West-flowing
,
the
Moon
by
the
same
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
approach
as
much
to
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
then
the
Sun
to
the
strong
point
of
the
reflowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
:
and
then
the
Moon
shall
be
nearer
to
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
then
the
Sun
in
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
:
and
so
the
Moon
shall
be
stronger
then
the
Sun
,
and
then
shall
begin
the
flowing
.
And
as
the
Sun
shall
continually
be
departed
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
so
the
Moon
continually
shall
approach
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
and
the
flowing
shall
continue
.
And
when
the
Sun
shall
come
to
the
weak
point
of
the
West
flowing
,
the
Moon
shall
yet
move
by
the
day
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
because
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
are
distant
one
from
the
other
more
then
by
a
quarter
of
the
Heaven
:
and
then
the
Moon
shall
be
nearer
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
in
the
quarter
of
the
day
flowing
,
then
the
Sun
in
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
in
the
quarter
of
the
day
flowing
,
then
the
Sun
to
the
strong
point
of
the
flowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
and
therefore
the
flowing
shall
continue
.
And
when
the
Moon
shall
come
to
the
weak
point
of
the
South
reflowing
,
the
Sun
shall
pass
the
weak
point
of
the
West
flowing
,
approaching
to
the
strong
point
of
the
flowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
and
then
the
Sun
shall
be
nearer
the
strong
point
of
the
flowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
then
the
Moon
to
the
stronger
point
of
the
reflowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
and
so
the
Sun
shall
be
stronger
then
the
Moon
and
therefore
the
flowing
shall
continue
.
And
when
the
Sun
shall
come
to
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
the
Moon
shall
not
yet
be
in
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
because
the
Moon
is
distant
from
the
Sun
more
then
by
a
quarter
of
the
Heaven
,
and
therefore
the
flowing
shall
yet
continue
,
untill
the
Sun
be
so
much
under
the
Horizon
on
the
West
part
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
above
the
Horizon
on
the
same
part
of
the
West
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
reflowing
:
and
then
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
the
flowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
coming
to
the
weak
point
of
the
Midnight
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
reflowing
coming
to
it
:
and
therefore
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
shall
be
of
equal
strength
,
and
then
shall
be
neither
flowing
nor
reflowing
.
Afterwards
when
the
Sun
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
be
distant
from
the
point
of
the
flowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
on
the
West
part
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
coming
towards
the
weak
point
of
Midnight
reflowing
,
the
Moon
by
the
same
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
approach
much
to
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
reflowing
coming
to
it
.
And
so
the
Moon
shall
be
nearer
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
then
the
Sun
to
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
and
therefore
the
flowing
shall
begin
,
and
shall
continue
in
manner
(
as
is
said
)
untill
the
Sun
be
so
much
beyond
Midnight
,
towards
the
East
,
in
the
Midnight
quarter
of
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
before
Midnight
towards
the
West
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
flowing
:
and
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
distant
●rom
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
in
the
Night
quar●er
of
reflowing
,
going
backward
from
it
towards
the
foresaid
weak
point
of
the
East
flowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
from
the
point
of
the
strong
flowing
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
flowing
coming
to
it
:
and
then
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
shall
be
of
equal
force
,
and
there
shall
be
neither
flowing
nor
reflowing
.
And
when
the
Sun
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
be
departed
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
under
the
Horizon
,
which
is
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
:
then
shall
the
flowing
begin
,
and
continue
in
like
manner
aforesaid
,
untill
the
Sun
be
so
much
above
the
Horizon
on
the
East
part
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
under
the
Horizon
,
on
the
same
part
of
the
East
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
.
And
because
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
coming
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
towards
the
weak
point
of
the
South
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
coming
by
the
same
motion
of
the
first
moveable
towards
it
,
they
shall
be
of
equal
force
,
and
so
shall
be
neither
flowing
nor
reflowing
.
And
in
this
manner
,
the
flowing
and
reflowing
shall
continue
in
every
natural
day
,
untill
the
Moon
shall
come
to
her
opposition
with
the
Sun
.
And
when
the
Moon
shall
come
to
her
opposition
with
the
Sun
,
then
the
Sun
shall
be
in
the
weak
point
of
the
East
flowing
,
the
Moon
shall
likewise
be
in
the
weak
point
of
the
West
flowing
:
and
then
shall
the
flowing
begin
,
and
shall
continue
as
long
as
the
Sun
shall
be
moved
to
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
from
the
weak
point
of
the
East
flowing
,
by
the
day
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
to
the
weak
point
of
the
South
reflowing
.
And
the
Moon
then
in
all
this
time
,
shall
be
moved
likewise
to
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
from
the
weak
point
of
the
West
flowing
,
by
the
Night
quarter
of
flowing
,
to
the
weak
point
of
the
Midnight
reflowing
:
and
then
the
flowing
shall
cease
,
and
the
reflowing
begin
,
and
continue
as
long
as
the
Sun
is
at
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
and
shall
be
moved
from
the
weak
point
of
the
South
reflowing
,
by
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
unto
the
weak
point
of
the
West
flowing
,
and
the
Moon
also
in
all
this
time
shall
be
moved
likewise
to
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
from
the
weak
point
of
the
Midnight
reflowing
,
by
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
unto
the
weak
point
of
the
East
flowing
:
and
then
the
reflowing
shall
cease
,
and
the
flowing
shall
begin
again
,
and
shall
continue
as
long
as
the
Sun
shall
be
moved
to
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
from
the
weak
point
of
the
West
flowing
,
by
the
Night
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
unto
the
weak
point
of
Midnight
reflowing
.
And
then
the
Moon
in
all
that
time
,
by
the
same
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
likewise
be
moved
form
the
weak
point
of
the
East
flowing
,
by
the
day
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
unto
the
weak
point
of
the
reflowing
:
and
then
the
flowing
shall
cease
,
and
the
reflowing
begin
,
and
shall
continue
as
long
as
the
Sun
,
by
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
be
moved
from
the
weak
point
of
Midnight
reflowing
,
by
the
Night
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
unto
the
weak
point
of
the
East
flowing
.
And
then
the
Sun
in
all
this
time
,
by
the
same
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
be
moved
likewise
from
the
weak
point
of
the
South
reflowing
.
And
then
the
Moon
in
all
this
time
by
the
same
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
be
moved
likewise
from
the
weak
point
of
the
South
reflowing
,
by
the
day
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
unto
the
weak
point
of
the
West
flowing
,
and
then
the
reflowing
shall
cease
.
And
when
the
Moon
shall
pass
her
opposition
with
the
Sun
by
her
proper
motiong
,
goin
to
her
second
quadrature
with
the
Sun
,
then
when
the
Moon
shall
be
so
much
above
the
Horizon
,
on
the
East
part
,
in
●he
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
how
much
the
Sun
is
under
●●e
Horizon
on
the
same
part
of
the
East
,
in
the
Night
●uarter
of
the
reflowing
,
because
then
the
Moon
shall
be
so
much
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
in
the
day
quarter
of
flow●ng
,
how
much
the
Sun
is
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
,
in
the
same
part
of
the
East
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
then
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
shall
be
of
equal
power
,
and
there
shall
be
neither
flowing
nor
reflowing
.
And
when
the
Moon
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
be
departed
from
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
which
is
about
the
Horizon
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
flow●ng
,
coming
towards
the
weak
point
of
the
South
reflowing
,
the
Sun
by
the
same
motion
of
the
first
move●ble
,
shall
approach
as
much
to
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
,
in
the
East
part
●n
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
then
the
Moon
from
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
to
the
South
part
of
the
East
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
and
the
reflowing
shall
begin
and
continue
.
And
when
the
Moon
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
come
to
the
weak
point
of
the
South
reflowing
because
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
are
distant
from
them selves
more
then
by
a
quarter
of
the
Heaven
,
and
then
the
Moon
to
the
moving
of
the
Moon
by
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
be
moved
by
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
coming
to
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
●in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
and
so
the
reflowing
shall
continue
.
And
when
the
Moon
shall
approach
to
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
the
Sun
shall
approach
to
the
weak
point
of
the
East
slowing
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
and
shall
be
further
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
flowing
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
then
the
Moon
from
the
strong
point
of
the
reflowing
,
which
is
likewise
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
:
and
so
the
flowing
shall
continue
,
untill
the
Moon
be
so
much
beyond
the
South
,
towards
the
West
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
reflowing
,
the
Sun
before
the
South
,
towards
the
East
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
and
then
the
Moon
shall
be
so
far
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Sun
from
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
:
And
so
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
shall
be
of
equal
force
,
and
there
shall
be
neither
flowing
nor
reflowing
.
And
when
the
Moon
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
shall
approach
as
much
to
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
;
then
because
the
Sun
shall
be
near
to
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
then
the
Moon
in
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
the
flowing
shall
begin
and
continue
according
to
the
Moon
,
to
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
be
departed
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
coming
towards
the
weak
point
of
the
West
flowing
:
and
the
Sun
shall
also
approach
the
strong
point
of
the
reflowing
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
the
flowing
coming
to
it
.
And
when
the
Moon
to
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
come
to
the
weak
point
of
the
West
flowing
,
the
Sun
yet
by
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
move
by
the
day
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
because
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
are
distant
one
from
the
other
more
then
by
a
quarter
of
Heaven
,
and
the
Sun
shall
be
more
near
to
the
strong
point
of
the
flowing
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
then
the
Moon
to
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
and
therefore
the
flowing
shall
continue
.
And
when
the
Sun
shall
come
to
the
weak
point
of
the
South
reflowing
,
the
Moon
shall
be
under
the
Horizon
,
in
the
West
part
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
in
the
Night
quarter
of
the
flowing
,
then
the
Sun
to
the
strong
point
of
the
reflowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
:
and
therefore
the
flowing
shall
yet
continue
,
untill
the
Moon
shall
be
so
much
under
the
Horizon
,
on
the
West
part
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
flowing
,
how
much
the
Sun
is
above
the
Horizon
,
on
the
same
part
of
the
West
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
.
And
then
the
Moon
shall
be
so
much
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
under
the
Horizon
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
flowing
,
coming
towards
the
weak
point
of
the
Midnight
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Sun
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
is
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
coming
to
it
:
and
so
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
shall
be
of
equal
strength
,
and
then
shall
be
neither
flowing
nor
reflowing
.
And
when
the
Moon
by
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
shall
be
departed
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
which
is
under
the
Horizon
,
on
the
east
part
of
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
towards
the
weak
point
of
the
East
fllowing
,
the
Sun
by
the
same
moveing
of
the
first
Moveable
,
shall
approach
as
much
to
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
on
the
West
part
in
the
Night
quarter
of
flowing
comming
to
it
:
and
then
because
the
Moon
shall
be
more
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
then
the
Sun
from
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
then
shall
begin
the
flowing
because
the
Sun
shall
be
stronger
then
the
Moon
.
And
how
much
more
the
Moon
shall
be
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
so
much
more
the
Sun
shall
approach
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
flowing
,
and
so
the
flowing
shall
continue
.
And
when
the
Moon
shall
come
to
the
weak
point
of
the
East
flowing
,
the
Sun
shall
yet
be
in
the
Night
quarter
of
flowing
,
because
the
Sun
is
distant
from
the
Moon
more
then
by
a
quarter
of
the
Heaven
,
and
the
Sun
shall
be
nearer
to
the
strong
point
of
flowing
in
the
Night
quarter
of
flowing
,
then
the
Moon
to
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
whith
is
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
and
so
the
flowing
shall
continue
untill
the
Moon
be
so
much
above
the
Horizon
on
the
East
part
:
And
then
the
Moon
shall
be
so
much
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
departing
from
it
by
the
motion
of
the
first
Moveable
towards
the
weak
point
of
the
South
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Sun
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
comming
to
it
by
the
same
motion
of
the
first
Moveable
.
And
then
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
shall
be
of
equal
force
,
and
there
shall
be
neither
flowing
nor
reflowing
,
and
the
first
disposition
shall
return
again
,
and
such
flowing
and
reflowing
,
shall
continue
every
natural
day
in
this
manner
,
untill
the
Moon
shall
come
to
her
Quadrature
with
the
Sun
.
And
when
the
Moon
shall
be
in
the
second
Quadrature
,
then
the
water
of
the
Sea
,
shall
neither
flow
nor
reflow
,
but
shall
seem
to
be
at
rest
,
as
it
was
in
the
first
Quadrature
,
in
the
which
,
in
the
whole
revolution
of
Heaven
,
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
were
ever
of
equal
strength
for
the
causes
declared
:
for
the
same
are
the
causes
of
the
second
Quadrature
,
which
are
also
of
the
first
,
and
is
above
21
Dayes
.
And
this
quietness
or
stay
of
the
water
of
the
Sea
(
as
is
said
before
)
the
Venetians
call
it
,
Acqua
de
fele
,
and
use
this
saying
:
Da
Vent'
uno
a'
Venti'
de
,
L'
acqua
non
vane
su
,
ne
giu
,
from
the
21.
to
22
,
the
waters
goeing
neither
up
nor
down
.
And
when
the
Moon
by
her
proper
motion
shall
pass
this
second
Quadrature
,
proceeding
to
her
conjunction
with
the
Sun
,
then
the
Moon
shall
be
distant
stom
the
Sun
,
less
then
the
fourth
part
of
Heaven
,
then
when
she
shall
be
distant
from
the
Sun
,
less
then
fourth
part
of
the
fourth
part
of
Heaven
.
And
then
when
she
shall
●e
so
much
above
the
Horizon
the
East
part
,
in
the
day
●uarter
flowing
,
as
the
Sun
under
the
Horizon
on
the
●ame
part
of
the
East
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflow●st
,
then
the
Moon
shall
be
so
much
distant
from
the
●trong
point
of
flowing
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
Day
quarter
of
flowing
,
comming
to
it
by
the
first
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
how
much
the
Sun
from
the
stronger
point
of
flowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
going
from
it
by
the
same
motion
of
the
first
moveable
toward
the
weak
point
of
the
East
flowing
:
And
then
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
shall
be
of
equal
power
,
and
there
shall
●e
neither
flowing
nor
reflowing
.
And
when
the
Moon
by
motion
of
the
first
Moveable
,
shall
come
to
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
in
the
Day
quarter
of
flowing
,
the
Sun
by
the
same
motion
of
the
first
Moveable
,
shall
depart
as
much
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
toward
the
weak
point
of
the
East
flowing
,
And
then
because
the
Moon
shall
be
less
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
Day
quarter
of
flowing
,
then
the
Sun
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
the
Moon
shall
be
stronger
then
the
Sun
,
and
therefore
then
shall
begin
the
flowing
:
and
how
much
more
the
Moon
shall
approach
to
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
so
much
more
the
Sun
shall
be
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
approaching
to
the
weak
point
of
the
East
flowing
,
because
the
Moon
shall
yet
be
in
the
Day
quarter
of
flowing
,
for
that
she
is
distant
from
the
Sun
less
then
a
fourth
part
of
Heaven
,
she
shall
be
less
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
which
is
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
Day
quarter
of
flowing
then
the
Sun
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
under
the
Horizon
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
therefore
the
flowing
shall
yet
continue
.
And
when
the
Moon
shall
come
to
the
weak
point
of
the
South
reflowing
,
the
Sun
shall
be
above
the
Horizon
in
the
Day
quarter
of
flowing
,
and
shall
be
nearer
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
then
the
moon
to
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
which
is
above
the
mid-day
(
or
the
South
)
in
the
Day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
because
the
Sun
is
distant
from
the
Moon
less
then
the
fourth
part
at
Heaven
,
and
therefore
the
flowing
shall
continue
the
Moon
be
so
much
beyond
the
South
towards
the
west
,
in
the
Day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Sun
is
before
the
South
towards
the
East
,
in
the
Day
quarter
of
flowing
:
and
then
the
Moon
shall
be
so
much
distant
from
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
in
the
Day
quarter
of
reflowing
comming
to
it
by
the
motion
of
the
first
Moveable
:
and
so
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
shall
be
of
Equal
force
,
and
there
shall
be
neither
flowing
nor
reflowing
,
And
when
the
Moon
shall
by
the
Motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
aproach
to
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
in
the
Day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
the
Sun
by
the
same
motion
of
the
first
Moveable
,
shall
go
back
and
depart
as
much
from
the
strong
point
of
flowing
,
in
the
Day
quarter
of
flowing
;
and
then
the
Moon
shall
be
nearer
to
the
strong
point
of
reflowing
,
in
the
Day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
and
so
the
Moon
shall
be
stronger
then
the
Sun
,
and
therefore
shall
begin
the
reflowing
,
and
the
flowing
and
reflowing
shall
continue
in
the
same
manner
as
is
said
.
When
the
Moon
departeth
from
her
Conjunction
with
the
Sun
,
and
is
not
come
to
her
first
Quadrature
with
the
Sun
,
as
is
between
the
Conjunction
and
the
first
Quadrature
,
and
when
the
Moon
shall
come
to
her
Conjunction
with
the
Sun
,
then
again
all
the
dispsition
before
declared
,
shall
return
in
all
points
in
like
manner
as
is
said
,
Therefore
this
motion
of
the
water
of
the
Sea
,
whereof
we
have
spoken
,
is
a
motion
following
the
motion
of
the
Sun
and
Moon
to
the
motion
of
the
first
moveable
,
for
if
you
shall
well
consider
that
we
have
said
of
the
flowing
and
reflowing
(
that
is
)
increase
and
decrease
,
for
access
and
recess
of
the
water
of
the
Sea
,
you
shall
understand
that
the
beginnings
of
such
flowings
and
reflowings
,
and
likewise
the
rest
and
quietness
,
chance
diversly
in
the
hours
of
the
Day
and
of
the
Night
:
for
they
come
not
alwayes
in
the
same
houres
of
the
day
as
is
manifestly
known
to
such
as
observe
such
flowings
and
reflowings
,
or
else
false
rest
and
quietness
of
the
Water
of
the
Sea
.
And
therefore
by
what
is
written
doth
appear
that
the
Water
of
the
Sea
hath
motion
of
flowing
,
once
in
the
Day
and
once
in
the
Night
:
and
likewise
of
reflowing
once
in
the
Day
and
once
in
the
Night
.
It
is
manifest
also
that
the
flowing
doth
not
allwayes
begin
at
the
same
hour
of
the
Day
or
Night
,
but
at
divers
hours
:
and
likewise
of
the
reflowing
.
Also
the
time
of
flowing
or
reflowing
,
proceedeth
inordinatly
when
the
Moon
is
in
her
Quadratures
with
the
Sun
,
that
is
,
in
the
first
or
second
.
There
chanceth
sometimes
great
increase
of
Waters
,
sometimes
less
,
that
is
,
when
the
Moon
shall
be
in
any
other
place
from
the
Sun
besides
these
four
that
is
in
the
Conjunction
,
or
Opposition
,
or
her
first
Quadrature
or
second
with
the
Sun
.
And
as
are
sometimes
increases
of
Waters
,
greater
or
lesser
,
even
so
are
the
decreases
in
the
like
manner
,
the
greatest
concourses
and
Motions
of
Waters
are
when
the
Moon
is
in
Conjunction
with
the
Sun
,
and
also
the
greatest
flowings
and
reflowings
.
Likewise
in
Opposition
of
the
Moon
with
the
Sun
,
and
the
greater
then
in
the
time
of
the
Conjunction
of
the
Moon
with
the
Sun
.
For
the
superiour
bodyes
,
by
their
motion
and
light
,
give
their
influence
to
these
inferiour
bodyes
.
And
so
much
more
as
they
have
of
Light
,
so
much
more
and
stronger
they
work
:
and
because
in
opposition
of
the
Moon
with
the
Sun
,
the
moon
is
full
of
Light
,
and
her
Light
is
toward
us
,
therefore
it
is
reasonable
that
then
should
be
caused
greater
flowings
and
reflowings
,
then
in
her
Conjunction
with
the
Sun
.
Nevertheless
,
because
that
in
her
Conjunction
with
the
Sun
and
Moon
are
both
unite
together
,
and
their
virtues
,
therefore
also
are
great
decreasings
and
increasings
of
waters
,
because
both
their
Virtues
are
Unite
,
as
I
have
said
,
but
yet
greater
is
the
Opposition
then
in
the
Conjunction
,
for
causes
before
rehearsed
.
The
Moon
being
in
her
Quadrature
with
the
Sun
,
the
Water
of
the
Sea
hath
no
determinate
time
of
flowing
or
reflowing
,
and
then
are
the
less
concourses
of
Waters
,
and
least
flowing
and
reflowing
.
Such
motion
of
the
Sea
the
Venetians
,
as
we
have
said
,
call
it
de
fele
:
and
then
the
Water
of
the
Sea
hath
no
determinate
beginning
of
flowing
or
reflowing
,
but
is
moved
inordinately
in
a
diverse
manner
,
sometimes
coming
,
and
sometimes
going
,
the
cause
of
this
diversity
is
,
because
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
,
wheresoever
they
shall
be
in
moveing
to
the
water
equally
,
or
as
it
were
unequally
,
have
contrariety
in
whatsoever
point
they
shall
be
:
For
in
whatsoever
point
the
Sun
shall
be
,
the
Moon
shall
be
in
the
point
of
opposite
Virtue
,
contrary
to
the
place
of
the
Sun
,
or
near
.
And
when
the
Moon
shall
be
without
the
said
four
places
,
then
the
Water
of
the
Sea
shall
begin
to
come
or
go
.
And
when
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
shall
be
in
equall
points
of
Virtue
of
the
quarters
of
contrary
operation
,
the
concourses
of
Waters
shall
be
so
much
the
greater
,
in
how
much
the
Moon
shall
be
nearer
to
her
Conjunction
with
the
Sun
,
or
to
the
Oposition
:
and
so
much
the
less
in
how
much
the
moon
shall
be
nearer
to
her
quadratures
,
likewise
the
flowings
and
the
reflowings
shall
be
so
much
the
greater
,
for
if
the
Moon
shall
be
between
the
Conjunction
with
the
Sun
and
the
first
Quadrature
,
then
the
Moon
to
the
moving
of
the
first
moveable
doth
follow
the
Sun
in
his
rising
,
and
then
shall
be
the
beginning
of
the
day
flowing
,
of
the
day
after
the
rising
of
the
Sun
,
about
three
of
the
Clock
,
or
before
,
that
is
,
when
the
Moon
shall
be
so
much
above
the
Horizon
on
the
part
of
the
East
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
under
the
Horison
on
the
same
part
of
the
East
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
because
then
the
Sun
and
Moon
shall
be
of
equal
force
,
because
they
shall
be
in
the
points
of
equal
Virtue
in
the
quarters
of
contrary
operation
,
and
the
beginning
of
the
Night
flowing
shall
be
in
the
Night
,
after
the
setting
of
the
Sun
(
that
is
)
when
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
under
the
Horizon
,
on
the
same
part
of
the
West
,
in
the
Day
quarter
of
flowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
under
the
Horizon
on
the
same
part
of
the
West
,
in
the
Day
quarter
of
reflowing
:
and
the
beginning
of
the
day
reflowing
shall
be
in
the
Day
after
noon
when
the
Sun
shall
be
so
mu●h
after
noon
and
the
Day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
before
Noon
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
:
and
the
beginning
of
the
day
reflowing
of
the
Night
,
shall
be
in
the
Day
after
Midnight
(
that
is
)
when
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
after
the
point
of
Midnight
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
shall
be
in
the
Night
quarter
of
flowing
.
And
if
the
Moon
be
in
the
first
Quadrature
and
the
opposition
,
the
Moon
yet
in
her
rising
followeth
the
Sun
,
and
then
shall
be
the
beginning
of
the
Day
following
,
in
the
day
nfter
Noon
,
about
evening
(
that
is
)
a
little
before
or
after
,
that
when
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
above
the
Horizon
on
the
part
of
the
West
,
in
the
Day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
above
the
Horizon
on
the
part
of
the
East
,
in
the
Day
quarter
of
flowing
,
and
the
beginning
of
the
Night
flowing
,
shall
be
on
the
Day
before
Day
(
that
is
)
about
Morning
,
before
or
after
(
that
is
)
when
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
under
the
Horizon
on
the
part
of
the
East
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
;
how
much
the
Moon
is
under
the
Horizon
on
the
part
of
the
West
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
flowing
:
and
the
beginning
of
the
Day
reflowing
,
shall
be
in
the
Day
before
Noon
,
when
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
before
the
point
of
Noon
,
how
much
the
Moon
after
the
point
of
Midnight
,
in
the
quarter
of
the
Night-flowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
after
the
point
of
Noon
,
or
Mid
day
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
.
And
if
the
Moon
shall
be
between
the
oppsition
of
the
Sun
,
and
her
second
quadrature
with
the
Sun
,
then
the
Moon
in
her
rising
goeth
before
the
Sun
,
and
then
the
beginnings
both
of
flowings
and
reflowings
,
are
in
like
manner
as
they
were
when
the
Moon
was
betwen
the
Conjunction
and
the
first
quadrature
.
For
the
beginning
of
the
day
flowing
shall
be
in
the
day
quarter
about
three
of
the
Clock
,
before
or
after
(
that
is
to
say
)
when
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
above
the
Horizon
on
the
East
part
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
.
And
the
beginning
of
the
night
flowing
shall
be
in
the
Night
,
when
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
under
the
Horizon
on
the
part
of
the
West
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
under
the
Horizon
on
the
part
of
the
East
,
in
the
night
quarter
of
reflowing
:
But
the
beginning
of
the
day
reflowing
,
shall
be
in
the
day
,
afternoon
,
when
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
after
the
point
of
the
South
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
as
the
Moon
before
the
point
of
Midnight
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
flowing
.
And
the
beginning
of
the
Night
reflowing
,
shall
be
in
the
day
,
when
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
after
the
point
of
Midnight
,
in
the
Night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
before
the
point
of
Noon
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
.
And
if
the
Moon
shall
be
between
the
second
quadrature
,
and
her
conjunction
with
the
Sun
,
then
the
Moon
also
in
her
rising
shall
go
before
the
Sun
:
and
then
shall
be
the
beginning
of
flowing
and
reflowing
,
in
the
same
hours
,
as
they
be
when
the
Moon
is
in
the
first
quadrature
and
opposition
:
because
the
beginning
of
the
day
of
the
day
flowing
,
in
the
day
after
noon
about
evening
,
before
or
after
,
when
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
above
the
Horizon
on
the
part
of
the
West
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
under
the
Horizon
on
the
same
part
of
the
West
,
in
the
night
quarter
of
flowing
:
and
the
beginning
of
the
night
flowing
shall
be
in
the
night
,
about
morning
,
before
or
after
,
when
the
Sun
shall
be
so
much
under
the
Horizon
on
the
part
of
the
East
,
in
the
night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Moon
is
above
the
H●rizon
in
the
same
part
of
the
East
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
.
But
the
beginning
of
the
day
flowing
,
shall
be
on
the
day
before
noon
,
when
the
Moon
shall
be
so
much
after
the
point
of
midday
,
or
the
South
,
in
the
day
quarter
of
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Sun
is
before
it
in
the
day
quarter
of
flowing
,
and
the
beginning
of
the
night
reflowing
,
shall
be
in
the
night
before
midnight
:
that
is
,
when
the
Moon
shall
be
so
much
after
the
point
of
midnight
,
in
the
night
quarter
of
reflowing
,
how
much
the
Sun
before
the
point
of
midnight
,
is
in
the
night
quarter
of
flowing
.
And
hereby
it
appeareth
,
that
as
well
the
flowing
as
the
reflowing
of
the
Water
of
the
Sea
,
begin
(
as
we
have
said
)
not
always
in
the
same
hours
of
the
night
,
for
the
beginning
of
flowing
is
either
in
the
beginning
of
the
day
,
or
the
beginning
of
the
night
,
which
chanceth
,
the
Moon
being
in
conjunction
or
opposition
to
the
Sun
,
or
is
before
day
,
from
the
mornings
towards
the
day
,
or
from
the
day
,
untill
four
of
the
Clock
,
or
thereabouts
;
or
is
before
evening
,
towards
the
evening
Tyde
,
and
from
thence
to
the
Cock
Crowing
,
or
thereabouts
:
which
chanceth
when
the
Moon
is
between
her
conjunction
or
opposition
with
the
Sun
,
or
any
of
the
quadratures
.
The
begining
of
the
reflowing
is
either
at
noon
,
or
at
midnight
,
as
when
the
Moon
is
in
conjunction
or
opposition
with
the
Sun
,
or
is
before
noon
,
or
after
,
or
before
midnight
,
or
after
,
as
when
the
Moon
is
between
her
conjunction
or
opposition
with
the
Sun
,
and
any
of
her
quadratures
.
It
is
apparent
also
,
that
sometimes
the
Water
of
the
Sea
doth
not
determinate
or
certain
begining
,
neither
order
of
flowing
or
reflowing
,
which
chanceth
,
the
Moon
being
in
her
quadratures
with
the
Sun
.
It
is
manifest
also
,
that
all
flowing
of
the
Water
of
the
Sea
,
is
caused
by
respect
to
the
Horizon
,
on
the
part
of
the
East
or
West
.
And
every
reflowing
by
the
respect
to
the
meridian
,
or
to
the
point
of
midday
,
or
midnight
.
Here
also
is
to
be
considered
,
that
all
that
is
said
,
are
most
certainly
true
in
a
right
Horizon
,
but
in
an
oblique
or
side
Horizon
,
they
sometimes
faile
,
as
shall
be
said
hereafter
following
.
It
happeneth
(
as
I
have
said
)
that
the
Water
of
the
Sea
doth
sometimes
wander
or
decline
from
the
order
already
prescribed
,
yet
commonly
,
and
for
the
most
part
keepeth
the
due
order
.
Such
manner
of
declining
is
after
two
sorts
,
for
there
is
either
disorder
or
error
in
the
hour
of
the
begining
of
the
motion
of
the
flowing
or
reflowing
,
or
in
the
middest
of
the
motion
:
(
that
is
)
that
they
have
greater
or
lesser
courses
then
at
other
times
,
or
otherwise
greater
or
lesser
increases
or
decreases
:
the
errour
coming
in
the
hour
of
motion
,
may
proceed
from
the
causes
;
as
by
reason
of
the
situation
of
the
Region
,
or
by
reason
of
the
Bodies
supercelestial
,
or
by
change
of
the
Air.
By
reason
of
situation
of
Regions
,
chanceth
diversity
only
in
the
hour
of
the
begining
of
the
flowing
,
because
the
begining
thereof
hath
respect
to
the
Horizon
,
or
is
by
respect
to
the
Horizon
:
for
in
the
begining
of
reflowing
is
no
diversity
or
errour
,
because
the
begining
of
the
reflowing
,
is
by
respect
to
the
Meridian
Circle
.
Again
,
by
reason
of
the
situation
of
the
Region
,
diversity
happeneth
thus
,
that
is
,
that
either
the
Region
is
under
the
Equinoctial
Circle
,
or
without
it
.
And
if
it
be
under
the
Circle
,
because
they
have
a
right
Horizon
,
and
the
days
there
are
always
equal
with
nights
,
at
all
times
of
the
year
.
That
we
have
said
of
divers
hours
of
the
begining
of
flowing
is
certainly
true
:
But
Regions
distant
from
the
Equinoctial
,
because
they
have
a
winding
or
slope
Horizon
,
in
them
the
beginings
of
flowings
are
,
as
in
Regions
under
the
Equinoctial
,
only
in
two
times
of
the
year
:
that
is
to
say
,
in
the
Spring
time
,
or
Equinoctial
Vernal
,
and
in
the
time
of
Autumne
,
or
Equinoctial
Autumnal
,
that
is
to
say
,
about
the
middest
of
the
Month
of
March
,
and
about
the
middest
of
the
Month
of
September
:
But
in
other
times
of
the
year
,
or
from
the
Vernal
Equinoctial
,
by
the
whole
Summer
,
until
the
Equinoctial
Autumnal
,
it
is
otherwise
,
because
the
begining
of
the
day
flowing
,
if
the
flowing
be
before
noon
,
that
is
,
about
the
morning
,
or
shall
be
later
then
it
ought
to
be
:
that
is
to
say
,
more
of
the
day
then
is
in
Regions
under
the
Equinoctial
,
and
that
is
,
because
that
in
such
Regions
the
day
begineth
sooner
,
or
the
Sun
riseth
sooner
,
then
in
the
Regions
which
are
under
the
Equinoctial
:
for
the
declining
of
the
obliqe
or
side
Horizon
(
although
these
Regions
be
under
one
and
the
same
Meridian
)
and
if
the
begining
of
the
day
flowing
be
after
noon
,
that
is
about
evening
,
then
such
begining
shall
be
sooner
then
it
is
in
Regions
under
the
Equinoctial
(
that
is
to
say
)
in
fewer
hours
of
the
day
,
because
that
then
the
Sun
faleth
later
then
in
Regions
which
be
under
the
Equinoctial
;
but
the
begining
of
the
night
flowing
,
if
it
be
before
midnight
,
it
is
sooner
in
the
said
places
or
Regions
(
that
is
to
say
)
in
less
time
of
the
Night
,
or
in
less
time
after
the
setting
of
the
Sun
,
then
in
the
Regions
under
the
Equinoctial
:
because
that
then
the
night
begineth
to
them
afterwards
.
And
if
the
begining
of
the
night
flowing
be
after
midnight
(
that
is
)
towards
the
day
,
it
shall
be
later
(
that
is
)
of
more
hours
,
or
more
near
the
day
,
then
is
in
Regions
under
the
Equinoctial
,
because
the
Sun
riseth
sooner
to
them
,
then
to
those
that
are
under
the
Equinoctial
.
And
this
diversity
groweth
so
much
,
that
sometimes
it
chanceth
to
see
two
flowings
in
one
day
,
and
none
in
the
night
:
which
happeneth
from
the
inequality
of
the
days
,
with
their
nights
.
For
in
how
much
the
Artificial
day
shall
be
longer
then
his
night
,
so
much
diversity
and
errour
ariseth
more
evidently
.
Therefore
in
the
longest
days
of
the
year
,
such
diversity
shall
appear
manifestly
.
But
from
the
Equinoctial
Autumnal
,
by
all
Winter
,
untill
the
Equinoctial
Vernal
,
it
is
contrary
:
because
the
begining
of
the
day
flowing
,
if
it
be
before
noon
(
that
is
)
about
the
morning
,
then
shall
it
be
sooner
then
it
should
be
(
that
is
to
say
)
in
fewer
hours
of
the
day
,
then
it
should
be
in
a
right
Horizon
:
for
then
the
day
begineth
later
,
or
the
Sun
riseth
later
to
them
that
have
a
winding
or
crooked
Horizon
.
And
if
such
flowing
shall
be
after
noon
(
that
is
)
about
evening
,
then
the
begining
of
such
flowing
shall
be
latelyer
(
that
is
)
more
towards
the
evening
,
or
nearer
to
the
setting
of
the
Sun
,
then
in
Regions
which
are
under
the
Horizon
;
for
in
a
side
or
crooked
Horizon
the
night
is
sooner
,
and
the
Sun
falleth
sooner
then
in
a
right
Horizon
.
Also
,
the
begining
of
the
night
flowing
,
if
it
shall
be
before
midnight
,
it
shall
be
later
and
more
in
the
night
,
then
in
Regions
under
the
Equinoctial
;
because
then
the
night
shall
sooner
begin
in
the
crooked
Horizon
then
in
the
right
,
because
the
Sun
first
falleth
in
the
crooked
Horizon
,
then
in
the
right
.
And
if
the
begining
of
the
night
flowing
shall
be
after
midnight
,
that
is
,
towards
the
day
,
then
such
begining
of
flowing
in
the
crooked
Horizon
shall
be
sooner
,
(
that
is
)
more
before
the
day
,
or
before
the
rising
of
the
Sun
,
then
shall
be
in
Regions
which
are
under
the
Equinoctial
.
And
such
diversity
groweth
so
much
,
that
sometimes
shall
be
two
flowings
in
the
night
,
and
none
in
the
day
.
And
this
chanceth
from
the
inequality
and
increase
of
the
night
above
his
day
,
for
in
how
much
the
night
shall
be
longer
then
his
day
,
so
much
the
more
groweth
such
diversity
,
and
therefore
such
diversity
shall
appear
greatest
in
the
longest
night
of
the
year
;
wherefore
by
the
aforesaid
,
it
is
manifest
,
that
how
much
the
nearer
we
shall
be
to
the
Equinoctial
,
so
much
the
less
shall
appear
the
diversity
in
the
hour
of
the
begining
of
the
flowing
of
the
Water
.
And
how
much
the
Sun
shall
be
nearer
to
the
standings
or
stayings
of
the
Sun
(
called
Solititium
)
or
the
longest
days
,
and
longest
nights
,
so
much
greater
and
more
certain
shall
be
the
diversity
,
and
shall
appear
more
manifestly
.
Furthermore
,
diversity
happeneth
by
reason
of
the
Heavenly
Bodies
,
and
Errour
,
not
only
in
the
begining
of
flowing
,
but
also
of
reflowing
.
For
when
any
of
the
great
and
Luminous
Stars
(
as
are
Venus
and
Jupiter
)
shall
be
above
the
Sun
or
Moon
,
they
help
them
in
moving
of
the
Water
of
the
Sea
:
and
therefore
by
this
means
also
,
they
leave
their
due
order
.
Likewise
(
as
we
have
said
)
by
reason
of
the
change
of
the
Air
,
oftentimes
chanceth
diversity
and
errour
in
the
beginings
of
flowing
and
reflowing
:
for
the
violent
disposition
of
Winds
vehemently
blowing
,
as
well
near
as
far
off
,
removeth
the
Courses
of
Water
from
their
due
order
,
somtimes
hastening
the
flowing
,
and
somtimes
the
reflowing
,
and
somtimes
staying
and
slacking
them
likewise
.
There
chanceth
also
,
errour
in
the
midst
of
the
motion
of
Waters
;
for
as
well
courses
of
Waters
,
as
also
flowings
and
reflowings
,
somtimes
keep
not
the
due
motion
.
For
(
as
it
is
said
)
the
disposition
of
Winds
may
either
increase
or
diminish
their
Courses
.
Moreover
,
the
straitness
and
narrowness
of
places
,
by
reason
of
the
Islands
and
Mountains
,
cause
great
Concourses
and
Diversities
in
many
places
.
For
when
the
Sea
is
straiter
or
narrower
,
there
is
the
strongest
course
,
as
about
the
Island
Euboes
,
Nigropontis
,
and
between
Cicilia
and
Calabria
is
greatly
observed
.
Such
straits
hinder
the
increase
of
Waters
,
because
less
quantity
passeth
thereby
,
and
therefore
there
the
flowings
&
reflowings
are
less
.
And
hereupon
it
happeneth
,
that
in
the
Ocean
Sea
are
greatest
flowings
and
reflowings
,
because
there
are
no
straits
which
may
hinder
or
stay
the
courses
of
the
Waters
;
and
by
that
means
they
have
their
full
and
free
course
,
and
in
more
certain
order
:
But
in
the
Mare
Mediteraneum
it
is
otherwise
,
for
whatsoever
Water
of
the
Ocean
entreth
therein
,
or
cometh
forth
,
passeth
from
the
West
by
one
only
narrow
strait
;
and
therefore
it
cannot
in
the
flowing
be
greatly
filled
,
neither
in
the
reflowing
be
greatly
emptyed
.
And
so
consequently
the
motion
of
the
motion
of
the
Sea
proceedeth
not
in
certain
order
.
The
Closset
of
Magnetical
Miracles
Vnlock'd
,
or
the
properties
and
secrets
of
the
Load-stone
Reveal'd
,
serving
not
only
for
Sea
Affairs
,
but
also
for
Travelling
by
Land
;
for
moveable
Dyals
,
for
the
more
ready
and
exact
Chorography
in
any
Countrey
;
the
Plotting
of
any
Ground
,
the
following
of
a
Mineral
Veine
;
as
also
useful
for
Pioners
and
Diggers
of
Mines
,
&c.
NExt
to
the
Inventions
of
Printing
and
Guns
may
be
added
the
Marriners
Compass
,
of
which
Bodin
thus
Confidently
speaks
,
Cum
Magnete
nihil
sit
Admirabili
us
in
tota
rerum
natura
,
usum
tamen
ejus
plane
divinum
Antiqui
ignorarunt
:
Though
there
be
nothing
more
admirable
then
the
Load-stone
in
the
whole
course
of
Nature
,
yet
of
the
Divine
use
of
it
were
the
Ancients
ignorant
:
and
Bl●ndus
,
certum
est
Navigandi
cuxilium
Priscis
omnino
fuisse
incognitum
:
It
is
certain
that
the
help
of
Sayling
was
altogether
unknown
to
the
Ancients
.
And
Cardan
a
Man
much
versed
in
the
rarities
of
Nature
,
inter
ceterum
rerum
inventa
admiratione
primum
digna
est
ratio
Nautica
pyxidis
:
Amongst
other
rare
Inventions
,
that
of
the
Marriners
Compass
is
most
worthy
of
admiration
.
By
means
of
it
was
Navigation
perfected
;
the
Lives
and
Goods
of
many
thousands
have
been
,
and
daily
are
preserved
:
it
finds
out
a
way
thorow
the
vast
Ocean
,
in
the
greatest
Storms
and
darkest
Nights
,
where
there
is
neither
Path
to
follow
,
nor
Inhabitant
or
Passenger
to
inquire
:
it
points
out
the
way
to
the
skilful
Marriner
when
all
other
helps
fail
him
,
and
that
more
certainly
though
it
be
without
reason
,
sense
and
life
,
then
without
the
help
thereof
all
the
Wisards
and
Learned
Clerks
in
the
World
,
using
the
united
strength
of
their
Wits
and
Cunning
can
possibly
do
:
by
means
of
it
are
the
Commodities
of
all
Countreys
discovered
,
Trade
,
Traffiqe
,
and
Humane
Society
maintained
;
their
several
forms
of
Government
and
Religion
observed
,
and
the
whole
World
as
it
were
made
one
Common-wealth
,
and
the
most
distant
Nations
fellow
Citizens
of
the
whole
Body
Politick
.
This
wonderful
Instrument
we
have
described
by
several
Authors
,
but
for
the
reason
thereof
,
I
say
with
Acosta
,
Let
others
search
but
the
causes
of
this
so
wonderful
an
Instrument
,
and
pretend
therein
I
know
not
what
Sympathy
,
I
for
my
part
as
oft
as
I
look
upon
it
,
I
cannot
but
exceedingly
admire
,
and
most
willingly
praise
the
Power
and
Providence
of
God
.
Whether
it
were
known
to
the
Ancients
or
no
,
some
doubt
is
moved
,
as
of
all
things
else
there
is
:
but
herein
,
in
my
Judgment
,
without
any
sufficient
reason
.
For
can
we
conceive
that
so
rare
a
device
and
of
so
singular
use
could
be
known
to
Aristotle
,
Theophrastus
,
Fliny
,
Dioscorides
,
Galen
,
and
that
we
should
no
where
in
any
of
their
Works
find
the
least
mention
of
it
.
Surely
,
I
for
my
part
can
never
believe
it
,
neither
can
I
be
perswaded
that
so
pretious
and
useful
an
Invention
could
possibly
be
entertained
and
commonly
practised
,
and
yet
lost
out
of
the
World
as
if
it
had
never
been
;
but
that
indeed
it
was
not
practised
,
appears
by
this
,
that
the
Ancients
,
when
by
a
Storm
or
Mist
they
had
lost
the
sight
of
the
Lights
of
Heaven
,
they
had
no
remedy
to
fly
unto
;
as
Blondus
saith
;
Nullum
C●to
Nullitus
obscurato
a
Magnete
aut
alio
instrumento
petebatur
auxilium
,
when
the
Heaven
was
darkned
with
Clouds
,
they
had
no
assistance
from
the
Load-stone
or
any
other
instrument
.
As
Virgil
hath
it
in
his
5th
Aeneid
.
—
Clanumque
affixus
et
haereus
Nunquam
amittebat
oculisque
sub
astra
tenebat
.
The
Helm
he
held
,
and
never
it
forsook
,
But
on
the
Stars
his
Eyes
did
ever
look
.
Saith
the
Poet
,
as
long
as
the
Stars
appeared
;
but
when
they
were
Bemisted
,
they
then
wandred
they
knew
not
whether
.
As
Virgil
hath
it
again
in
his
Third
Aeneid
.
Tres
adeo
incertos
caeca
caligine
soles
,
Erramus
Pelago
,
totidem
sine
sidere
Noctes
.
On
Sea
we
roved
three
days
,
as
dark
as
Night
,
Three
Nights
likewise
,
not
seeing
Starrie
Light
.
And
in
St.
Pauls
Coasting
Voyage
by
Sea
,
when
that
they
had
lost
the
sight
of
the
Sun
and
the
Stars
,
all
hope
that
they
should
be
saved
was
taken
away
.
A
great
doubt
presents
it self
to
us
,
which
is
about
the
time
and
Author
of
this
Invention
,
when
and
by
whom
it
should
first
be
found
out
and
set
on
foot
.
Doct.
Gilbert
our
Country-man
(
who
hath
Written
in
Latine
〈◊〉
Large
and
Learned
discourse
of
the
properties
of
the
Load-stone
)
seems
to
be
of
the
Opinion
that
Paulus
Venetus
brought
the
Invention
of
the
use
thereof
from
the
Chineses
.
Osorius
in
his
discourse
of
the
Acts
of
King
Emanuel
,
refers
it
to
Gama
and
his
Country-men
●he
Portugals
,
who
as
he
pretends
,
took
from
certain
Barbarous
Pyrates
roving
upon
the
Sea
;
about
the
Cape
of
good
hope
.
Coropius
Becanus
likewise
thinks
he
had
great
reason
to
Intitle
it
upon
his
Country-men
the
Garmans
,
in
as
much
as
the
32
Winds
upon
the
Compass
borrow
their
Names
from
the
Dutch
in
all
Languages
.
But
Blondus
,
who
is
therein
followed
by
Pancerollus
,
both
Italians
,
will
not
have
Italy
loose
the
praise
thereof
,
telling
us
that
about
300
years
agoe
,
it
was
found
out
at
Malphis
or
Melphis
,
a
City
in
the
Kingdom
of
Naples
,
in
the
Province
of
Campania
,
now
called
Terrae
di
Lavoradoe
;
but
the
Author
of
it
the
one
names
him
not
,
and
the
other
assures
us
,
he
is
not
known
:
yet
Salmuth
out
of
Ciezus
and
Gomara
confidently
Christens
him
with
the
Name
of
Flavius
,
and
so
doth
●u
Bartas
in
those
excellent
Verses
touching
this
Subject
.
W'
are
not
to
Ceres
so
much
bound
for
Br●ad
,
Neither
to
Bacchus
for
his
Clusters
Red
,
As
Signior
Flavio
to
thy
witty
Tryal
,
For
inventing
of
the
Sea-mans
Dyal
;
The
use
of
the
Needle
turning
in
the
same
,
Divine
device
,
O!
admirable
frame
,
Whereby
thorow
the
Ocean
in
the
darkest
Night
Our
huge
Carracts
are
conducted
right
,
Whereby
we
are
stored
with
Trouchman
,
Guide
&
Lamp
,
To
se●rch
all
Corners
in
the
watery
Camp
.
Whereby
a
Ship
that
stormy
Heavens
have
whorl'd
,
Near
in
one
Night
into
another
World
,
Knows
where
she
is
,
and
in
the
Card
descries
What
degrees
thence
the
Equinoctial
lyes
.
It
may
well
be
then
that
Flavius
the
Metuitan
,
was
the
first
Inventor
of
guiding
of
a
Ship
by
turning
the
Needle
to
the
North
:
But
some
German
afterwards
added
to
the
Compass
,
the
32
Points
of
the
Wind
in
his
own
Language
,
whence
other
Nations
have
since
borrowed
it
.
But
surely
great
pitty
it
is
that
the
Author
of
such
an
Invention
,
is
not
both
more
certainly
known
and
more
honourably
esteemed
.
He
is
better
in
my
judgment
to
be
inrolled
and
ranked
amongst
the
great
Benefactors
of
the
World
,
then
many
who
for
their
supposed
Merits
of
Mankind
were
Deifyed
amongst
the
Heathens
,
So
that
it
may
be
said
of
the
Inventor
,
Exegit
Monumentum
aere
pereunius
Regalique
sicu
Pyramidulum
aeltius
.
Questionless
those
of
former
Ages
were
for
want
of
this
knowledge
so
ignorant
of
the
Art
of
Navigation
that
they
ingraved
non
Vltra
on
Her●les
Pillars
,
that
the
Nations
about
Po●tus
,
thought
no
Sea
in
the
World
like
their
own
,
and
doubted
whether
there
were
any
other
Sea
but
that
only
,
whereof
it
came
that
Pontus
was
a
word
used
for
the
Sea
in
general
,
that
the
Aegyptians
,
held
otherwise
a
witty
people
,
used
to
coas●
the
shores
of
the
Red
Sea
upon
Raffs
,
devised
by
King
Erythrus
:
And
in
the
time
of
the
Romans
,
the
Brittains
our
Ancestours
had
a
kind
of
a
Boat
(
with
which
they
crost
the
Seas
)
made
all
of
twigs
and
covered
with
Leather
,
of
which
Lucan
the
Poet.
Primam
cuna
salix
madefacto
nimine
parvam
Texitur
in
puppim
,
casoque
iduta
ivenco
Vectoris
patiens
,
tumidam
superenatat
aumem
.
Sic
Venetus
stagnante
pado
fuscque
Brittanus
Navigat
Oc●●no
:
The
moistned
Osyer
of
the
hoatie
Willow
Is
Woven
first
into
a
little
Boat
,
Then
cloathed
with
Bullocks
hide
upon
the
Billow
Of
a
proud
River
Lightly
doth
it
Float
,
Under
the
Waterman
.
So
on
the
Lakes
of
overswelling
Poe
,
Sailes
the
Venetian
,
and
the
Britains
so
On
the
outspread
Ocean
.
And
to
the
like
purpose
is
that
of
Festus
Aviennus
.
Navigia
junct
i●
semper
〈◊〉
●ellibus
,
Curioque
vastum
saepe
percurrant
salum
.
Of
stiched
hides
they
all
their
Vessels
had
,
And
oft
through
Sea
,
in
Leather
,
Voyage
made
.
But
that
which
is
more
observable
is
,
that
the
Jews
were
so
unskilful
in
this
Art
,
as
they
commonly
called
the
Mediteranean
Sea
,
the
great
Sea
;
not
being
in
those
times
,
as
it
seems
,
much
acquainted
with
the
Ocean
.
And
though
the
Phenicians
and
Carthaginians
,
the
Tyrians
and
the
Sydonians
,
are
much
renowned
in
Histories
for
great
Navigators
;
yet
it
is
thought
by
the
Learned
,
that
those
Voyages
they
performed
,
was
only
by
coasting
,
and
not
by
crossing
the
Sea
.
—
Haec
aestas
quod
f●ta
negarunt
Antiquis
totum
p●●tuit
sulcate
carinis
Id
Pelugi
immensam
quod
circuit
Amphitrite
This
age
what
fates
to
former
times
deni'd
Through
the
Vast
Ocean
now
in
Ships
do
ride
.
Saith
Fracastorius
,
and
Acosta
,
Equidem
Navigationem
altissimo
Oceano
commissam
neque
apud
Veteres
Lego
,
neque
apud
illis
aliter
Oceanum
Navigntum
puto
quam
a
nostris
Mediterraneum
.
That
the
An●ients
adventured
themselves
into
the
Main
Ocean
;
neither
do
I
read
it
in
any
of
their
Waters
,
nor
do
I
believe
that
they
otherwise
sailed
over
the
Ocean
,
then
we
do
now
over
the
Meditterranean
Sea
,
and
it
should
seem
they
undertook
not
their
longest
Voyages
without
Oares
,
which
the
Scripture
implies
in
that
undertaken
by
Jonas
,
where
the
Marriners
upon
the
rising
of
a
Violent
Tempest
were
constrained
to
use
their
Oars
.
The
perfection
then
of
this
Art
,
seems
by
God's
Providence
to
have
been
reserved
to
these
later
times
,
of
which
Pearo
de
Medona
,
and
Baptista
Ramusio
have
given
excellent
Precepts
.
But
the
Art
it self
hath
been
happily
practised
by
the
Portugals
,
the
Spaniards
,
the
Holland●rs
,
and
our
own
Nation
,
whose
Voyages
and
Discoveries
,
Master
Hacklait
hath
collected
and
reported
in
several
Volumes
,
inlarged
and
perfected
by
Mr
,
Purchas
,
and
it
might
be
wished
as
well
for
the
Honour
of
the
English
Name
,
as
the
benefit
that
might
thereby
redound
to
other
Nations
,
that
his
Collections
and
Relations
had
been
Written
in
Lattin
,
or
that
some
Learned
Pen
would
be
pleased
to
turn
them
into
that
Language
.
Among
many
others
in
this
kind
,
the
Noble
spirited
Drake
may
not
be
forgotten
,
who
God
being
his
Guide
,
Wit
,
Skill
,
Valour
and
Fortune
his
Attendants
,
was
next
after
Magellanus
that
Sailed
about
the
World
.
Whereupon
one
writ
these
Verses
unto
him
.
Drake
Peregrati
novit
quem
terminus
Orbis
Quemque
semel
Mundi
vid
it
uterque
Polus
:
Si
tacean
homines
facient
Te
sidera
notum
Sol
nescit
commitis
imemor
esse
sui
.
Sir
Drake
whom
well
the
Worlds
end
knew
,
Which
thou
didst
compass
round
:
And
whom
both
Poles
of
Heaven
once
saw
,
Which
North
and
South
do
bound
.
The
Stars
above
will
make
thee
known
If
men
here
silent
were
:
The
Sun
himself
cannot
forget
His
Fellow
Traveller
.
P.
Columbus
,
being
in
the
company
of
some
braging
prating
fellows
,
amongst
other
of
their
fooleries
they
fell
upon
him
,
and
said
he
had
done
nothing
but
they
could
do
.
After
he
had
patiently
heard
them
,
he
called
for
an
Egg
,
and
asked
which
of
them
could
make
it
stand
upon
one
of
the
ends
,
they
said
they
could
not
do
it
;
why
then
says
he
I
can
,
and
breaking
one
of
the
ends
,
he
fixt
it
.
Why
said
they
this
we
can
do
,
yes
verily
says
he
without
doubt
,
this
is
but
an
easie
enterprise
,
yet
this
you
could
not
do
till
you
have
seen
me
first
do
it
.
For
the
better
breeding
,
continuance
,
and
increase
of
Pilots
amongst
us
,
it
would
doubtless
be
a
good
and
a
profitable
work
(
according
to
Mr.
Huckluit's
honest
Motion
in
his
Epistle
Dedicatory
to
the
Lord
Admiral
)
if
any
Man
who
hath
the
means
,
had
likewise
the
mind
to
give
allowance
for
the
reading
of
a
Lecture
o●
Navigation
in
London
,
in
imitation
of
the
late
Emperour
Charles
the
Fifth
,
who
wisely
considering
the
rawness
of
the
Sea-men
,
and
the
manifold
Shipwracks
which
they
sustained
in
passing
betwixt
Spain
and
the
West
Indies
,
established
not
only
a
Pilot
Major
for
the
examination
of
such
as
were
to
takes
charge
of
Ships
in
that
Voyage
,
but
also
founded
a
Lecture
for
the
Art
of
Navigation
,
which
to
this
day
is
read
at
the
Construction-house
at
Sevil
;
the
readers
of
which
Lecture
have
not
only
carefully
taught
and
instructed
the
Spanish
Marriners
by
word
of
mouth
,
but
have
also
published
several
exact
and
worthy
Treatises
concerning
Marine
causes
,
for
the
direction
and
incouragement
of
Posterity
:
and
namely
these
three
,
Alonzo
de
Chanez
,
Hieronimo
de
Chanez
,
and
Roderigo
Zamerum
,
and
to
this
purpose
it
was
a
commendable
work
of
Mr.
Gelibrand
Reader
of
Gresham-Colledge
for
the
improvement
and
advancement
of
the
Art
of
Navigation
published
a
most
excelent
Book
of
Logarithmes
.
But
to
return
to
the
Sobject
we
have
now
in
hand
,
concerning
the
nature
,
powerfulness
,
and
strange
pro●erties
of
the
Load-stone
are
such
,
that
the
more
they
●re
known
,
the
more
they
are
justly
admired
in
their
most
Lively
expressing
that
infinite
power
and
goodness
of
God
,
who
Created
so
pretious
a
Jewel
for
the
profi●able
use
of
Man
,
and
for
the
inlarging
and
setting
forth
of
his
lory
.
Into
the
search
of
which
admirable
and
secret
Virtues
,
my self
for
the
space
of
some
years
●ave
made
a
strict
Inquiry
,
partly
by
Reading
of
other
mens
Writings
,
and
partly
by
my
own
Industry
and
●ractice
:
whereby
what
I
have
collected
and
found
,
his
little
Treatise
will
shew
.
I
doe
acknowledge
that
the
wonderful
property
of
●he
body
of
the
whole
Earth
,
called
the
Magnetical
Vir●ue
(
is
most
admirably
found
out
,
and
Learnedly
discoursed
by
Doctor
Gilbert
,
Physitian
to
the
renowned
Queen
Elizabeth
,
of
happy
Memory
)
Is
the
●ery
true
Fountain
of
all
Magnetical
Knowledge
,
for
●ll
our
later
Authors
have
but
borrowed
from
this
Country-man
of
ours
.
And
though
certain
properties
●f
the
Load-stone
were
known
before
his
time
,
yet
all
●he
reasons
of
those
properties
were
altogether
unknow
,
and
never
before
revealed
as
I
take
it
to
the
●ons
of
men
.
And
although
as
yet
many
doe
doubt
and
mistrust
the
Earth
it self
hath
no
such
Virtue
,
I
doe
nothing
wonder
at
it
,
because
before
I
read
his
Learned
Works
,
and
had
tryed
many
of
his
Experiments
with
my
own
hands
,
and
had
confered
with
great
Travellers
,
and
perused
the
observations
of
our
chiefest
Navigators
,
both
for
the
Variations
and
Declinations
,
I
never
be●ieved
it
my self
.
But
this
I
may
truly
affirm
,
that
searching
with
diligence
his
first
fine
Books
,
and
mak●ng
Tryal
of
those
Propositions
which
I
judged
to
be
of
Importance
,
I
always
found
the
main
drift
touching
this
point
,
constant
and
agreeable
to
the
diligent
Observations
of
many
men
of
Experience
;
although
in
some
other
matters
of
the
Load-stone
his
Experiments
and
mine
did
sometimes
disagree
.
But
concerning
his
sixt
Book
Entreating
of
the
motion
of
the
Earth
;
I
think
there
is
no
Man
living
further
from
believing
it
then
my self
,
being
nothing
at
all
perswaded
thereunto
,
by
reasons
of
other
men
,
which
he
alledgeth
,
and
as
little
or
less
(
if
it
were
possible
)
by
those
his
Inventions
,
endeavouring
to
prove
the
motion
of
the
Earth
by
the
Earths
Magnetical
Force
and
Virtue
.
Amicus
Socrates
,
Amicus
Pla●o
,
sed
Magis
amica
veritas
is
the
only
cause
why
I
do
embrace
his
judgment
in
the
one
,
and
refuse
it
in
the
other
,
in
matters
of
this
nature
following
this
Rule
.
Nullius
addictus
inrare
in
Verba
Magistri
.
Reader
be
pleased
to
pass
by
this
digressiion
,
we
are
to
return
hearty
thanks
to
God
,
who
hath
revealed
unto
the
weak
Knowledge
of
Man
,
now
towards
the
end
of
the
World
,
this
admirable
Treasure
,
before
unknown
,
of
his
powerful
Creation
,
by
effect
so
plain
unto
the
meanest
Capacity
:
and
that
out
of
a
base
contemptible
and
dead
a
Creature
,
as
it
seemeth
to
be
,
and
yet
filled
with
such
excellent
wonderful
Virtue
,
that
all
the
Gems
of
the
World
have
not
the
like
;
neither
if
it
were
wanting
,
could
they
supply
the
want
thereof
,
or
countervaile
the
Benifit
that
it
brings
to
the
Life
of
Man
.
Clandian
(
a
Famous
Poet
)
well
near
Twelve-hundred
years
since
,
saith
as
much
commendations
of
the
Magnet
,
when
as
yet
the
Sereditical
or
Iron
drawing
Properties
was
only
known
.
—
Lapis
est
cognomine
M●gnes
Decolor
,
Obscurus
,
nilis
,
&c.
And
again
.
Sed
Novasi
nigri
videas
miracula
suxi
,
Tuno
superat
pulchros
cultus
,
et
quicquid
E●i●
Indus
Littoribus
rubra
scrutatur
in
alga
.
But
what
would
he
not
have
said
,
had
he
seen
the
Closset
indeed
of
all
Magnetical
Miracles
Unlocked
,
and
in
so
glorious
a
manner
set
wide
open
,
as
now
it
is
at
this
day
,
had
he
had
Load-stones
of
divers
forms
,
but
especially
round
ones
:
also
such
Versory
Needles
fitly
framed
,
and
Artificially
placed
upon
their
Pins
and
other
Implements
,
as
are
prescribed
;
wherewith
being
furnished
,
he
might
still
see
the
Truth
of
them
in
things
themselves
,
for
these
skills
must
be
Learned
,
ex
rebus
ipsis
non
solum
ex
Libris
,
and
withall
there
are
several
Figures
and
Diagrams
which
cannot
be
understood
,
but
by
the
help
of
the
Mathematicks
,
and
good
Travelling
in
the
Magnetical
Practice
.
To
be
short
,
of
all
that
I
have
set
down
in
this
Treatise
,
my
request
is
,
that
the
Reader
will
admit
nothing
but
that
which
shall
be
confirmed
by
good
Reason
or
undoubted
Experience
.
And
I
purpose
God
willing
,
to
tye
my self
as
strictly
unto
this
Rule
,
as
ever
any
Man
did
that
hath
Written
of
the
like
Argument
,
making
it
even
a
matter
of
Conscience
to
deliver
any
thing
herein
,
for
certainty
,
that
my self
shall
not
know
to
be
sound
.
And
so
by
this
means
I
shall
neither
abuse
the
Reader
with
any
untrue
assertion
,
nor
injure
so
certain
and
so
excellent
a
Knowledge
,
with
any
doubtful
or
reproveable
Conclusions
.
It
is
a
common
Proverb
,
that
in
Stones
;
Woods
and
Herbs
,
consisteth
great
Virtue
:
which
saying
is
doubtless
most
manifest
by
the
daily
experience
of
the
Load-stone
,
found
in
sundry
parts
of
India
;
some
will
have
it
to
be
found
in
Spain
,
by
one
Named
Heraeleon
(
as
Hicander
saith
)
where
,
in
the
time
of
his
keeping
of
Cattle
,
the
Iron
Nailes
of
his
Shoos
and
Pike
of
his
Staff
cleft
fast
to
the
Stone
.
Of
these
Magnets
are
five
sorts
or
kinds
,
as
Soracus
writeth
:
One
of
Aetheopi●
another
of
Macedonia
,
a
third
in
Echio
of
Boecia
,
the
fourth
at
Troades
of
Alexandria
,
the
fifth
of
Magnesi●
Asiae
.
The
difference
of
the
stone
is
,
whether
it
be
Male
or
Female
.
The
next
difference
is
in
Colour
:
for
that
which
is
found
in
Macedonia
and
Magnesiae
,
i●
ruddish
and
black
,
and
of
Female
kind
,
and
therefore
without
Virtue
.
The
worst
of
Magnesia
Asiae
is
white
,
and
attracteth
not
Iron
,
it
is
like
unto
a
Pumice
stone
.
Some
approve
those
for
the
best
which
are
Blew
,
of
a
Heavenly
colour
.
That
of
Aethiope
is
most
praised
(
and
as
Pliny
saith
)
is
sold
for
the
weight
in
Silver
.
This
is
found
in
Zimri
,
a
sandy
Region
of
Aethiop●
where
is
also
found
Haematites
Magnes
,
of
Bloody
colour
,
appearing
like
Blood
if
it
be
ground
,
and
also
like
Saffron
,
which
in
drawing
of
Iron
is
not
of
the
like
virtue
to
the
Haematites
Magnes
.
All
these
are
reputed
good
Medicines
for
the
Eyes
,
each
of
them
according
to
their
Portion
,
and
doe
especially
stay
the
Epiphorus
(
that
is
)
the
dropping
and
watering
of
the
Eyes
;
and
also
being
burnt
and
made
in
powder
,
they
heal
Burnings
.
Not
far
from
the
same
place
in
Aethiopia
,
is
a
Mountain
which
produceth
the
stone
called
Theamedes
which
putteth
from
it
,
and
refuseth
Iron
.
I
have
often
proved
the
virtue
and
power
of
the
Load-stone
,
by
the
Needle
which
is
in
some
Dyals
,
by
the
attraction
there
of
,
moving
it self
from
side
to
side
,
and
round
about
.
And
as
we
shall
hereafter
more
fully
shew
,
although
the
stone
were
under
a
Table
,
yet
doth
the
Needle
being
above
the
Table
,
naturally
follow
the
moving
o●
the
stone
.
It
is
therefore
(
for
this
we
only
insert
by
the
bye
)
if
there
be
great
virtue
in
Stones
,
Woods
and
Herbs
.
It
hath
also
been
proved
that
the
Ships
Compact
with
Iron
Nailes
,
Sayling
by
the
Sea
of
Aethiope
and
by
a
Tempest
driven
to
Land
,
to
certain
Capes
or
Lands
ends
,
have
by
these
stonas
either
been
drawn
to
the
bottom
of
the
Sea
,
or
else
the
Nailes
being
drawn
out
by
the
Virtue
of
the
stone
,
the
Ship
hath
falen
in
a
thousand
pieces
.
And
therefore
the
discreet
and
wary
Cantabrians
,
expert
Mariners
Sayling
by
the
Aethiopian
Sea
,
frame
their
Ships
with
Pins
and
Hoops
of
wood
,
to
prevent
the
danger
that
might
chance
on
the
same
occasion
.
This
stone
is
known
by
colour
,
virtue
,
weight
and
equality
,
the
best
colour
is
said
to
be
like
pure
Iron
,
shining
,
mixed
with
Indian
or
Heavenly
colour
,
and
is
in
a
manner
like
Iron
Polished
.
This
stone
is
also
often
times
found
in
Norway
and
Elua
,
and
in
certain
Regions
of
the
North
,
and
is
brought
from
thence
to
certain
Regions
in
Normandy
and
Flanders
.
The
experience
of
the
virtue
of
the
stone
,
is
easie
,
for
it
attracteth
to
it
a
great
weight
of
Iron
,
It
is
judged
to
be
strong
,
and
the
heavier
also
the
better
.
By
equality
it
is
judged
,
if
it
be
alike
in
one
substance
and
colour
:
but
if
it
be
unequal
with
chapes
(
as
we
shall
hereafter
express
)
together
with
hollow
places
indented
,
having
red
spots
here
and
there
,
it
is
unapt
not
so
fit
for
the
Art
of
Navigation
,
or
of
continual
Motion
.
It
representeth
the
similitude
of
Heaven
,
for
like
as
in
Heaven
there
are
two
points
immoveable
,
ending
in
the
Axle-tree
of
the
Sphere
,
upon
which
the
whole
Frame
of
Heaven
is
turned
(
as
may
be
experienced
by
the
Art
that
Christal
and
other
stones
are
Polished
)
even
so
the
Load-stone
reduced
into
a
Globious
or
round
Form
,
laying
thereon
a
Needle
or
any
other
like
Iron
,
then
which
way
soever
the
Needle
turneth
and
resteth
,
thereby
is
shewed
the
place
of
the
Poles
;
and
that
this
may
be
done
more
certainly
,
it
must
be
often
times
attempted
,
and
the
Line
shewed
by
the
Needle
,
must
be
observed
,
for
such
Lines
shall
cut
the
one
,
the
other
in
two
Points
,
as
the
Meridian
Circles
joyn
together
the
Poles
of
the
World
:
but
of
this
also
,
more
shall
hereafter
he
said
.
This
shall
for
the
present
be
only
instanced
.
depiction of a stone that is used in a compass
That
if
the
round
stone
(
as
is
said
)
be
found
in
the
place
which
often
times
draws
Iron
,
if
then
the
point
doe
exactly
appear
,
part
of
the
broken
Needle
must
be
laid
upon
the
sinne
,
and
be
so
often
by
little
and
little
transposed
,
untill
the
Style
or
●in
be
Perpendicler
,
or
Plummet
do
directly
fall
upon
the
stone
,
for
there
on
the
contrary
part
,
by
like
manner
shall
be
found
the
other
Pole
.
A.
shall
be
the
true
point
,
and
B.
the
false
.
Load-stones
,
let
them
be
of
what
parts
soever
of
the
World
,
have
the
self
same
general
directive
property
.
I
mean
,
of
shewing
the
North
and
South
,
and
also
the
self
same
Points
respective
,
declining
or
dipping
under
the
Horizon
.
They
do
likewise
agree
in
their
variations
,
and
each
one
will
draw
Iron
,
and
likewise
one
another
.
Every
Load-stone
,
of
what
form
soever
it
be
,
hath
either
actually
or
potentially
two
points
,
the
one
Northern
,
the
other
Southern
.
Actually
,
if
either
by
casualty
(
if
it
so
fall
out
)
or
by
●ndustry
the
stone
be
fashioned
,
that
those
two
oppo●●e
points
be
eminent
or
perspicious
therein
:
Potenti●lly
,
if
that
either
the
stone
be
flat
,
and
but
thin
in
the
dimension
of
the
North
and
South
though
broad
otherwise
,
for
so
shall
the
virtue
of
the
stone
be
dispersed
to
the
extream
parts
thereof
,
in
the
Edges
round
about
;
or
if
fit
have
two
opposite
points
in
any
concavity
,
then
will
the
stone
shew
in
the
eminent
Border
or
Edge
of
that
concavity
only
a
confused
dull
force
,
and
in
the
concavity
very
little
or
nothing
at
all
.
That
stone
is
also
well
proportioned
for
touching
which
resembleth
an
Oval
form
,
and
hath
his
due
points
in
his
ends
,
and
is
void
of
any
bunch
or
concavity
;
for
the
general
form
of
a
stone
being
good
,
every
concavity
is
a
diminishing
of
his
force
,
and
every
bunch
is
a
superfluous
Burthen
;
Insomuch
that
my self
have
had
experience
of
a
stone
,
that
of
substance
was
very
good
,
and
of
weight
was
three
and
twenty
ounces
,
but
of
disordered
form
,
it
therefore
took
away
twelve
ounces
from
him
,
and
yet
diminished
not
one
jote
of
his
force
.
And
this
I
did
in
a
stone
that
was
all
of
like
force
,
but
if
it
be
one
that
is
intermixed
of
divers
substances
(
as
many
such
there
are
,
and
those
easily
discovered
by
their
colour
)
you
may
sometimes
take
away
three
quarters
or
more
of
his
substance
without
diminishing
any
thing
at
all
of
his
virtue
:
we
have
already
said
the
Iron
colour
is
best
:
very
black
or
white
seldom
proves
good
;
gray
indifferent
:
the
mo●●
white
is
in
any
stone
,
so
much
the
●●rse
.
Th●●e
are
certain
that
are
of
an
Iron
colour
,
m●●gl●●
〈…〉
of
which
〈◊〉
are
good
and
some
bu●
〈…〉
.
〈◊〉
w●y
you
may
prove
whether
a
Magnet
be
go●●●
〈◊〉
the
〈◊〉
is
by
〈◊〉
a●
Iron
with
the
bare
st●●e
;
that
other
by
giving
more
or
less
virtue
to
a
Knife
,
on
any
thing
to
lift
Iron
the
third
is
if
it
will
with
good
strength
move
a
Magnetical
Needle
a
pretty
good
distance
off
,
and
readily
alter
the
ends
of
the
Needle
without
touching
them
,
making
the
North
South
,
and
the
South
North
:
the
two
latter
do
never
fail
,
but
the
first
doth
divers
times
.
And
very
certain
it
is
,
that
whatsoever
stone
doth
most
stronly
impart
his
force
to
a
Knife
,
or
move
a
Needle
with
quickness
,
the
power
and
lifting
up
of
Iron
is
such
a
one
,
will
mightily
be
increased
with
a
Cap.
For
this
is
generally
the
nature
of
all
Magnets
,
that
if
there
be
two
of
different
quantities
,
and
of
equal
strength
in
lifting
up
Iron
,
the
greater
will
give
the
stronger
touch
,
and
move
a
Magnetical
Needle
farther
off
,
although
the
lesser
will
take
as
much
Iron
,
or
somthing
more
than
the
greater
.
And
again
,
suppose
there
be
a
Load-stone
of
a
pound
weight
,
that
being
fitly
armed
,
will
take
up
four
pounds
of
Iron
,
and
not
above
,
if
you
divide
him
into
very
small
pieces
,
you
shall
find
of
them
,
being
orderly
used
,
that
will
lift
up
twenty
times
his
own
weight
and
a
great
deale
more
,
if
they
be
very
small
,
as
of
three
or
four
Grains
weight
;
and
yet
where
the
great
one
will
give
a
touch
unto
a
Knife
for
to
take
up
four
ounces
of
Iron
,
and
will
move
a
Magnetical
Needle
three
Foot
off
;
this
little
one
will
not
give
a
touch
to
a
Knife
to
take
up
a
Needle
,
nor
move
a
Magnetical
Needle
four
Inches
off
;
that
as
a
Magnet
is
diminished
in
substance
(
I
mean
a
Magnet
of
a
regular
for
it
)
so
doth
he
loose
in
his
virtue
and
touching
and
increaseth
in
his
small
〈◊〉
for
lifting
●p
Iron
,
●hereby
it
is
manifest
that
these
two
properties
〈…〉
joyntly
together
in
the
〈…〉
.
●nd
here
hence
it
is
that
many
〈…〉
ally
set
in
●ings
〈…〉
a
great
piece
〈…〉
●he
great
one
(
whose
par●icie●●
they
are
)
〈…〉
great
one
,
should
do
the
〈◊〉
,
namely
to
take
in
so
many
times
their
own
weights
.
Also
very
often
it
is
seen
,
that
Magnets
being
of
like
form
and
weight
,
but
of
divers
kinds
,
the
one
will
take
up
more
Iron
of
him●elf
without
the
Cap
,
and
yet
the
other
give
a
far
stronger
touch
;
but
then
,
if
you
do
fit
both
of
them
accordingly
with
Caps
,
he
which
gave
the
stronger
touch
,
will
take
up
more
Iron
then
the
other
.
The
principal
●orce
of
the
Load-stone
well
proportioned
,
passeth
in
〈◊〉
direct
Line
from
the
middle
of
his
substance
,
being
(
as
it
were
)
a
center
,
through
his
two
ends
or
points
,
which
are
the
imaginary
likes
of
his
chiefest
force
,
from
which
center
,
there
isse
infinite
others
also
through
all
parts
of
the
superficies
of
the
stone
on
either
side
,
between
the
two
extream
points
of
the
middle
,
all
which
on
either
side
of
the
middle
,
being
of
one
nature
and
property
,
in
respect
of
their
touch
are
exceedingly
different
in
strength
,
for
that
still
waxeth
less
and
less
as
it
approacheth
,
continually
nearer
and
nearer
the
middle
,
where
at
length
in
the
middle
,
between
the
two
ends
,
it
utterly
fainteth
and
cometh
to
nothing
.
The
Load-stone
communicateth
his
property
to
the
Iron
or
Steel
that
is
touched
with
it
,
so
far
forth
,
as
the
Iron
or
Steel
which
is
touched
,
hath
the
ability
to
receive
,
and
so
that
good
skill
in
the
touching
be
observed
,
Steel
is
far
better
then
Iron
,
and
receiveth
a
far
strongen
touch
,
and
much
more
effectual
.
The
purer
Steel
,
so
much
the
better
;
and
if
it
be
Iron
,
the
purer
likewise
the
better
,
always
regarding
that
both
of
them
be
very
smooth
and
clean
,
and
have
their
due
temper
.
The
principal
property
in
common
use
,
is
the
shewing
of
North
and
South
in
the
Horizon
,
with
the
appendants
thereunto
belonging
,
which
is
more
apparant
,
more
strong
,
and
more
commodious
in
the
Iron
and
Steel
,
that
is
touched
,
then
it
is
in
the
stone
it self
,
because
the
substance
of
them
may
be
filled
and
cut
away
,
and
drawn
into
any
form
that
we
like
or
approve
of
our selves
,
which
the
substance
of
the
stone
will
not
permit
,
The
Lood-stone
is
of
such
a
nature
,
that
every
piece
broken
off
and
seperated
from
the
whole
,
hath
all
the
properties
of
the
whole
,
the
same
several
points
North
and
South
,
and
ability
also
for
the
touch
,
like
in
kind
,
though
not
of
equal
power
,
according
to
the
quantity
and
proportion
of
the
Piece
,
and
the
part
of
the
Stone
that
it
is
taken
from
,
and
this
property
in
a
meaner
sort
hath
touched
the
Needle
and
the
Wyar
of
a
compass
also
.
That
one
stone
may
draw
another
,
lay
the
one
upon
a
board
or
box
in
the
Water
,
that
it
may
freely
float
and
hold
another
in
your
hand
,
If
then
the
North
part
of
the
stone
,
which
you
hold
in
your
hand
,
you
turn
towards
the
South
part
of
that
which
floateth
in
the
box
,
or
otherwise
the
South
part
to
the
North
,
the
floating
stone
shall
turn
towards
your
hand
,
and
if
contrarywise
,
you
turn
the
like
part
to
his
like
,
that
is
to
say
,
the
South
part
to
the
south
,
&c.
the
floating
Stone
shall
fly
from
you
.
By
this
experiment
certain
Phisitians
are
confuted
,
who
dispute
on
this
manner
,
If
Scemmonea
draw
unto
it
choler
,
by
Similitude
or
Likeness
of
Nature
,
Ergo
,
much
more
should
one
Magnet
draw
another
,
rather
then
Iron
:
So
that
what
they
assume
falsely
we
have
now
taught
to
be
true
.
The
like
judgment
is
of
the
long
slender
Iron
which
is
rubbed
with
the
Stone
;
For
if
in
the
Water
it
be
laid
on
a
light
piece
of
Wood
,
or
a
straw
,
or
such
like
,
so
that
it
may
freely
float
upon
the
Water
,
the
one
end
of
it
shall
turn
to
the
North
,
and
the
other
to
the
South
.
And
if
holding
the
Stone
in
your
hand
,
you
turn
his
North
point
to
the
South
extremity
or
end
,
or
contrarywise
,
the
Stone
shall
then
draw
Iron
,
but
contrarily
,
if
you
turn
the
like
part
to
the
like
,
(
as
is
aforesaid
)
it
shall
fly
from
the
Iron
and
drive
it
away
.
polarized stones in water
Impossible
Impossible
polarized stones in water
Natural
:
The
reason
is
,
that
the
agent
doth
not
onely
indeavour
to
make
the
patient
like
it self
,
but
also
in
such
a
manner
to
unite
it
with
himself
,
that
of
them
two
be
made
one
,
as
may
appear
by
this
reason
.
Take
the
same
Magnes
A
D.
of
which
A.
signifieth
the
North
point
,
and
D.
the
South
.
Divide
the
Stone
into
two
parts
,
A
B.
and
C.
D
,
put
A
B.
to
the
Water
as
is
said
,
and
by
this
means
you
shall
see
A.
turn
to
the
North
,
and
B.
to
the
South
.
For
the
breaking
or
dividing
of
the
Stone
(
as
we
said
)
diminisheth
not
the
Virtue
thereof
,
so
that
it
be
Homogenie
,
that
is
,
all
parts
alike
.
Take
therefore
A
B.
for
the
patient
,
and
C
D.
for
the
agent
,
then
whereas
the
agent
,
in
the
best
manner
it
may
,
worketh
to
conserve
the
order
of
Nature
,
●t
is
manifest
that
D.
cannot
draw
C
,
the
South
:
For
although
they
could
by
that
means
be
joyned
,
yet
should
not
so
be
made
one
of
them
two
,
the
parts
remaining
in
their
Vertue
:
For
if
A.
should
remain
North
,
then
D.
should
be
South
,
which
is
certain
to
have
the
powers
of
the
North.
depiction of the earth's magnetic fields
Neither
contrariwise
shall
C.
draw
A.
for
both
are
Northly
,
and
so
should
B.
be
the
North
which
first
was
South
,
and
D.
in
like
manner
:
For
so
should
the
order
of
Nature
be
inverted
.
It
remaineth
therefore
that
A.
shall
naturally
draw
D.
and
B.
shall
draw
C.
for
so
every
way
shall
remain
of
equall
strength
.
Some
ignorant
Men
were
of
opinion
,
that
the
Vertue
of
the
Load-stone
was
not
derived
from
Heaven
,
but
rather
of
the
nature
of
the
place
where
it
is
engendred
,
saying
that
the
Mines
thereof
are
found
in
the
North
,
and
that
therefore
ever
one
part
of
the
stone
extendeth
towards
the
North.
But
they
surely
are
ignorant
that
this
stone
is
found
in
other
places
whereof
it
should
as
well
follow
that
it
should
extend
it self
to
other
and
divers
parts
,
as
to
the
North
;
which
thing
is
false
,
as
is
well
known
by
common
experience
,
For
it
ever
Moveth
to
the
North
in
whatsoever
place
●it
be
.
Neither
is
it
to
be
believed
,
that
the
North-Star
of
the
Marriners
is
the
Pole
:
For
as
much
as
that
Star
is
without
the
Meridian
Line
,
and
but
twice
within
one
revolution
of
the
Firmament
.
But
whereas
the
Marvelous
Vertue
of
this
Stone
dependeth
of
Heaven
,
who
would
believe
that
only
two
points
thereof
should
so
turn
themselves
,
and
that
rather
every
part
of
it
should
not
incline
to
some
like
part
in
Heaven
,
as
may
thus
be
proved
.
Let
the
Stone
be
brought
into
a
Spherical
round
forme
,
as
is
said
,
and
the
Poles
being
found
,
let
it
be
turned
upon
two
pins
,
or
Turners
instruments
,
and
there
be
pullyshed
,
untill
it
be
on
every
part
of
equall
heaviness
,
which
you
may
well
find
by
often
proving
:
For
that
part
that
falleth
down
is
heaviest
,
which
done
,
frame
in
a
Meridian
Circle
with
the
Horizon
,
wherein
fasten
two
other
pins
on
which
it
may
easily
move
,
and
divide
the
Poles
most
exactly
to
the
Poles
of
the
World
,
the
which
if
it
come
well
to
pass
,
rejoyce
that
then
you
have
found
one
of
the
greatest
Miracles
of
Natural
things
.
For
you
shall
by
this
means
see
the
Ascendent
,
the
place
of
the
Sun
,
and
the
like
,
&c.
at
every
Moment
.
But
if
it
fall
not
out
according
to
your
desire
,
you
ought
not
to
impute
that
to
the
Art
,
but
to
your
own
ignorance
and
negligence
,
For
if
you
execute
and
perform
all
things
duly
and
aright
according
to
Art
,
you
need
not
to
doubt
the
success
.
How
these
Instruments
by
this
Stone
may
be
framed
,
by
the
which
may
be
found
the
Azimuths
of
the
Sun
and
Star
(
that
is
to
say
,
Verticall
Circles
)
it
shall
not
here
be
necessary
to
shew
,
forasmuch
as
the
same
is
easily
done
by
the
Marriners
Compass
,
or
by
the
Box
with
the
Magnes
or
Load-stone
inclosed
,
and
floating
above
the
Water
,
with
a
pin
erected
,
and
in
the
uppermost
part
divided
into
360
parts
,
after
the
manner
of
Astronomy
.
That
you
may
easily
find
out
the
chief
points
of
any
Load-stone
of
what
forme
soever
,
you
must
make
a
respective
or
declinatory
Needle
,
of
an
Inch
or
thereabouts
in
length
,
and
giving
him
his
touch
,
fasten
him
by
the
Axis
upon
a
little
forked
stick
,
or
any
thing
like
it
,
that
the
Needle
may
have
free
scope
,
then
offer
the
Stone
(
as
we
said
before
)
near
the
Needle
,
turning
of
it
round
about
,
and
immediatly
you
shall
see
the
North
of
the
Needle
(
as
it
is
as
yet
commonly
called
,
because
it
pointeth
toward
the
North
)
point
directly
unto
the
true
North
end
of
the
Stone
as
soon
as
it
commeth
near
unto
it
,
and
as
you
turn
away
the
end
of
the
Stone
,
the
Needle
will
point
somewhat
towards
it
,
till
the
South
end
of
the
Stone
approacheth
(
as
we
have
in
part
declared
)
for
then
will
the
Needle
wheele
about
the
Axis
,
and
point
directly
with
his
South
,
and
to
the
South
ef
the
Stone
.
But
if
you
hold
the
Needle
near
to
the
Stone
,
in
such
sort
that
it
cannot
turn
about
at
liberty
,
then
the
force
of
the
Stone
may
soon
change
the
properties
of
the
ends
of
the
Needle
,
that
the
one
point
which
was
North
shall
become
South
,
and
that
other
which
was
South
shall
become
North
,
yet
the
thing
it self
is
easily
discerned
:
for
the
Northerly
end
will
alwayes
hang
lower
.
depiction of a compass with a needle curving under the pressure of magnetic force
And
wheresoever
the
Needle
,
being
held
nearer
to
the
stone
,
doth
stand
parrallell
unto
it
,
not
inclineing
with
either
end
towards
the
stone
,
there
directly
,
under
the
middle
of
the
Needle
,
the
North
and
the
South
properties
of
the
stone
do
divide
and
part
themselves
.
This
matter
is
much
better
performed
with
a
small
narrow
Load-stone
of
half
an
Inch
(
more
or
less
)
in
length
,
haveing
in
the
ends
his
due
points
of
North
and
South
and
wrought
over
with
silk
of
two
colours
from
the
middle
to
each
end
;
as
for
Example
,
Yellow
and
White
;
that
part
which
pointeth
over
to
the
North
let
it
,
be
wrought
over
with
White
,
and
the
other
with
Yellow
.
Then
if
you
hang
that
in
the
middle
by
a
fine
silk
thred
,
and
apply
it
to
any
other
Load-stone
,
the
South
end
of
the
one
will
readily
find
out
the
North
end
of
the
other
;
and
contrarywise
,
In
like
manner
,
with
this
Magnetical
Instrument
you
may
see
two
pretty
conclusions
.
The
one
if
you
touch
a
knife
with
the
end
of
a
forceable
Load-stone
,
whether
it
be
North
or
South
,
and
hang
this
wrought
on
by
a
silke
thred
in
the
middle
,
that
it
may
hang
freely
,
the
one
end
will
crave
towards
the
point
of
the
knife
,
and
the
other
will
not
abide
it
.
The
other
is
,
if
you
hang
it
end
long
,
with
the
true
North
end
,
right
over
the
North
end
of
a
forcible
Load-stone
,
or
with
the
South
end
over
the
South
end
of
the
other
,
you
shall
see
that
it
will
in
no
wise
(
being
let
down
)
come
unto
the
North
point
of
the
Load-stone
,
but
will
(
contrary
to
Phylosophycal
Principles
,
that
heavy
things
should
tend
directly
downwards
)
by
the
means
of
the
Silk
Thread
,
swim
or
wheele
the
end
of
the
Load-stone
in
the
Air
:
yea
,
and
lift
it self
somewhat
upwards
,
rather
then
perpendicularly
light
down
upon
it
;
yea
,
that
it
will
doe
although
you
place
a
Plate
of
Silver
or
Brass
,
or
any
such
thing
,
between
the
stone
and
it self
.
The
second
way
is
to
take
a
Thread
of
a
common
Sowing
Needle
,
and
touch
the
point
of
it
with
the
North
end
of
a
Load-stone
whose
points
you
would
find
out
,
holding
the
Needle
about
an
Inch
from
it
,
and
in
turning
the
stone
about
,
you
shall
presently
see
the
Needle
point
to
the
North
end
,
when
by
your
turning
it
cometh
near
.
The
contrary
effect
ensueth
,
if
you
touch
the
point
of
the
Needle
with
the
other
end
of
the
stone
,
wherein
you
may
behold
that
ancient
conceived
,
and
of
late
years
maintained
opinion
of
the
contrariety
of
the
Load-stone
and
the
Theamedes
to
be
no
otherwise
then
a
contrary
property
of
one
and
the
self
same
Magnes
.
The
third
way
,
is
to
breake
off
the
point
of
a
Sowing
Needle
half
an
Inch
or
longer
(
if
the
stone
be
good
)
but
not
above
a
quarter
of
an
Inch
(
if
it
be
a
base
stone
)
lay
it
upon
the
stone
,
and
move
it
to
and
fro
upon
the
superficies
thereof
(
being
smooth
)
with
the
Needles
point
forwards
,
and
as
it
cometh
near
any
of
the
two
points
of
force
,
it
will
raise
it self
more
and
more
:
but
being
brought
unto
the
point
it self
,
it
will
stand
there
strait
upright
;
if
the
stone
be
ragged
,
this
cannot
be
practiced
,
otherwise
of
all
other
it
is
the
most
certain
way
.
Now
whether
it
be
your
North
or
South
end
the
effect
will
soon
declare
.
The
fourth
way
is
,
that
you
having
an
ordinary
Dyal
,
or
a
Sailing
Compass
,
or
any
Magnetical
Needle
standing
on
a
sharp
point
,
hold
near
thereunto
the
stone
●●●ning
it
in
your
hand
,
then
will
the
North
end
of
the
Needle
(
I
mean
the
end
that
pointeth
to
the
North
)
respect
the
true
North
point
of
the
stone
.
The
fifth
way
is
also
,
if
you
touch
a
common
so●ing
Needle
(
the
longer
the
better
)
and
put
it
through
a
little
piece
of
C●●k
not
bigger
then
may
well
bare
it
up
,
so
that
by
the
means
thereof
it
may
swim
in
a
Bason
of
Water
,
the
same
if
you
offer
the
stone
unto
it
,
will
shew
the
like
effect
.
And
here
it
is
to
be
remembred
,
that
none
other
way
whatsoever
will
more
readily
or
truely
define
the
Magnetical
Meridian
.
And
therefore
as
it
is
very
requisite
for
many
purposes
,
that
every
Traveller
by
Land
,
but
more
especially
by
Sea
,
should
always
have
(
if
he
may
)
an
aequinoctial
Dyal
with
him
,
so
would
I
not
with
that
any
of
them
should
be
without
some
Sowing
Needles
,
touched
with
a
good
stone
,
which
will
both
serve
the
proper
uses
of
Sowing
without
impairing
their
touch
(
for
it
is
open
Air
and
Rust
that
are
the
greatest
Enemies
thereof
)
and
at
any
time
with
a
piece
of
Cork
or
a
dry
Stick
in
the
Water
the
Magnetical
Meridian
may
be
seen
;
a
matter
though
mean
and
trivial
in
shew
,
yet
between
whiles
of
so
great
importance
,
that
it
may
serve
to
save
many
mens
lives
.
A
sixt
way
is
also
,
if
you
prepare
a
little
round
Load-stone
of
a
quarter
of
an
Inch
Diameter
or
thereabouts
(
but
it
must
be
a
very
good
one
)
having
his
Poles
marked
and
sitted
in
such
manner
,
that
it
easily
turn
about
in
a
little
Frame
according
to
the
following
Picture
.
The
like
also
in
his
manner
will
come
to
pass
,
if
you
have
a
small
declinatory
Needle
in
a
frame
,
in
this
manner
,
depiction of two magnets
Then
by
moving
it
in
his
Frame
all
over
the
stone
the
North
Pole
of
this
will
find
the
South
of
the
other
and
likewise
will
the
South
,
the
North
of
the
great
one
;
for
it
is
not
in
outward
shew
one
Magnet
and
another
,
as
is
between
a
Magnet
and
a
Magnetical
Needle
,
the
contrary
ends
of
the
Magnet
will
covet
in
their
motion
to
meet
together
,
but
the
end
of
the
Needle
which
turneth
North
,
will
come
unto
the
North
of
the
stone
:
For
in
very
truth
it
is
the
South
point
of
the
Needle
,
even
as
the
Magnet
it self
being
placed
in
a
Wooden
Dish
in
Water
,
will
turn
with
his
North
end
to
the
South
,
and
with
his
South
end
Dish
and
all
,
towards
the
North.
The
like
effect
will
also
follow
if
you
hang
as
aforesaid
a
small
Load-stone
in
the
middle
of
a
small
Silk
Thread
,
and
that
it
may
freely
turn
without
impediment
,
according
to
its
nature
;
but
this
property
it
will
shew
quicker
or
flower
,
according
unto
the
goodness
of
the
substance
and
fitness
of
the
form
.
The
best
form
for
this
purpose
is
the
extended
●●all
,
having
his
Poles
precisely
in
the
ends
.
If
his
Poles
be
some
pretty
distance
,
the
one
end
towards
the
East
of
the
stone
,
and
the
other
as
much
towards
the
West
;
this
stone
in
his
length
will
not
point
to
the
Magnetical
North
and
South
(
as
otherwise
he
would
)
but
unto
some
other
point
of
the
Horizon
yea
,
following
this
experiment
in
this
manner
,
you
may
make
him
stand
in
any
one
Point
of
the
Compass
:
only
you
ought
to
abridge
the
stone
in
his
length
that
he
may
●ome
somewhat
nearer
to
a
circular
form
,
so
that
is
diameter
of
North
and
South
(
being
through
the
Magnetisme
of
the
Earth
,
the
cause
of
this
motion
)
●ay
be
so
much
the
longer
in
comparison
of
the
Mass
of
●he
stone
,
and
consequently
more
effectual
.
After
the
●ke
manner
you
may
so
touch
the
Wyars
of
a
Com●ass
,
that
the
Flower
de
Luce
of
the
flie
,
stand
unto
what
point
of
the
Horizon
you
please
,
although
the
●iameter
of
the
Wyars
do
still
remain
fixed
under
the
Flower
de
Luce
,
and
the
South
point
of
the
Card.
Finally
to
conclude
this
point
with
some
Magnetical
Delights
,
if
you
touch
two
Sowing
Needles
in
a
contra●y
manner
;
that
is
,
the
point
of
the
one
Northrely
,
and
●he
other
Southerly
,
and
set
them
with
their
Corks
the
one
at
the
one
side
of
a
Bason
of
Water
,
and
the
other
at
the
other
,
you
shall
see
them
,
as
quickned
with
Vital
Spirit
,
even
so
to
move
the
one
end
towards
the
other
,
at
the
first
fair
and
softly
,
but
when
they
draw
near
they
will
rush
together
(
as
it
were
)
with
a
kind
Violence
,
the
point
of
the
one
striking
precisely
at
the
point
of
the
other
,
you
must
place
the
Needle
,
whose
point
is
●ouched
for
the
North
on
the
South
fide
of
the
Bason
otherwise
the
heads
and
not
the
points
will
run
together
;
a
thing
far
more
worthy
of
admiration
,
then
all
the
self
movers
of
any
Dadalus
or
Archita●
Tarentinus
,
and
more
strange
to
behold
then
the
Connexion
of
●ron
Rings
combined
by
Virtue
Magnetical
,
whereat
St.
Augustine
so
much
,
and
that
justly
,
did
wonder
.
Another
excellent
and
secret
conclusion
upon
this
stone
,
pretended
to
be
found
out
in
these
latter
times
;
●s
,
that
by
touching
two
Needles
with
the
same
stone
,
they
being
severally
set
so
as
they
may
turn
upon
two
round
Tables
,
hanging
on
their
Borders
the
Alphabet
written
Circuler
wise
,
if
two
Friends
agreeing
upon
the
time
,
the
one
at
Paris
,
the
other
at
London
(
having
each
of
them
their
Table
thus
equally
fitted
)
be
disposed
upon
certain
days
and
at
certain
hours
to
confer
,
it
is
to
be
done
by
turning
the
Needle
in
one
of
the
Tables
to
the
Alphabet
,
and
the
other
by
Sympathy
will
turn
it self
in
the
self
same
manner
in
the
other
Table
,
though
never
so
far
distant
:
Which
conclusion
if
infallibly
true
,
may
likewise
prove
of
good
and
great
consequence
:
howsoever
I
will
set
it
down
as
I
find
it
described
by
Faminanus
Arada
,
Lib
2.
Prolus
6.
in
imitatton
of
the
Stile
and
Vain
of
Lucretius
.
Magnesi
genus
est
Lapidis
mirabile
,
cu●si
Corpora
ferrisue
plura
stilo
admoveris
,
inde
Non
modo
nim
notumque
tratiant
que
semper
ad
Vrsam
,
Quis
lucet
nicina
polo
se
vertere
tentent
,
Verum
etiam
mira
inter
se
ratione
,
modoque
Quotquot
eum
Lapidem
tetigere
stiti
simul
omnes
Conspirare
situm
motumque
vide
bis
in
unum
.
Vt
si
forte
ex
ti●
aliquis
Romae
moveatur
Alter
ad
hunc
motum
quamvis
sit
disitus
longe
,
Arcano
se
naturai
foedere
vertat
.
Ergo
age
quid
si
scire
notes
qui
distat
amicum
Ad
quem
nulla
accedere
possit
Epistola
,
sume
Plunum
Orbem
patulumque
notas
,
Elementaque
primo
Ordine
quo
discunt
pueri
,
describe
per
oras
Extremas
Orbis
,
medioque
repone
jacentem
Qui
tetigit
Magneta
stylum
,
ut
versatilis
inde
Litterulam
quumcunque
velis
co●ingere
possit
,
Hujus
ad
exemplum
simuli
fabricaveris
Orbem
Margine
descriptum
,
munitumque
indice
ferri
,
Ferri
quod
motum
Magnete
accipit
ab
illo
,
Hunc
Orbem
dissessurus
sibi
portet
Amicus
;
Conveniatque
prius
quo
tempere
,
quiesue
diebus
Exploret
stylus
an
trepides
quid
ve
indice
signes
.
His
ita
compositi
,
si
clam
cupis
alloqui
amicum
Quem
procui
a
Te
Te
terrai
distinet
ora
Orbi
adjunge
manum
,
ferrum
versatile
tracta
,
Hic
disposta
vides
Elementa
in
Margine
toto
Queis
opus
est
ad
verba
notis
hunc
dirige
ferrum
Litterulesque
modo
hanc
modo
et
illam
euspride
tange
Dum
ferrum
per
eas
iterumque
ster●mque
rotando
Componas
singulatim
sensa
omnia
mentis
.
Mira
fides
longe
qui
distat
cer●it
amious
Nullius
impulsu
trepidare
volubile
ferrum
Nunc
huc
,
nunc
illuc
discuere
conscius
tuaret
Observatque
stoti
ductum
sequiturque
legendo
Hinc
atq
hinc
Elementa
quibus
in
verba
coactis
Quid
sit
opus
sentit
ferroque
interprete
discit
Quin
etiam
cum
stare
stylum
vide●
,
ipse
vicissim
Si
quae
respondenda
putat
simili
ratione
Litterulis
verie
tactis
rescribit
amico
,
O
Vtinam
haec
ratio
scribendi
prode●t
asu
Cautior
et
citior
properat
Epistola
,
nullas
Latronum
veritae
insidias
fluviosque
Morantes
Ipse
suit
princeps
manibus
conficeret
rem
Nos
s●boies
scribarum
emersi●ex
aequere
Nigro
Consecratemus
calumum
Magnetis
ad
aras
Thus
Englished
.
The
Load-stone
above
all
other
Stones
hath
this
strong
property
,
If
sundry
steels
thereto
,
or
Needls
ye
apply
,
Such
force
and
motion
thence
they
draw
,
that
they
incline
To
turn
them
to
the
Bear
which
near
the
Pole
doth
shine
.
Nay
more
,
as
many
steels
as
touch
that
Vertuous
Stone
,
In
strange
and
wondrous
sort
conspiring
all
in
one
,
Together
move
themselves
,
and
scituate
together
:
As
if
one
of
those
steels
at
Rome
bestirred
,
the
other
The
self
same
way
will
stirre
though
they
farre
distant
be
,
And
all
through
Natures
force
and
secret
Sympathie
:
Well
then
if
you
of
ought
would
fain
advise
your
Friend
That
dwells
far
off
,
to
whom
no
Letter
you
can
send
;
A
large
smooth
round
Table
make
,
write
down
the
Christ-Cross-Row
.
In
order
on
the
Verge
thereof
,
and
then
bestow
The
Needle
in
the
mid'st
which
toucht
the
Load
,
that
so
What
note
soe're
you
sift
it
straight
may
turn
unto
Then
frame
another
Orbe
in
all
respects
like
this
,
Describe
the
Edge
,
and
lay
the
steel
thereon
likewise
The
steel
that
from
the
self
same
Magness
motion
drew
;
This
Orbe
send
with
thy
Friend
what
time
he
bids
adew
:
But
on
the
days
agree
first
,
when
you
mean
to
prove
,
If
the
steel
stir
,
and
to
what
Letters
it
doth
move
.
This
done
,
if
with
thy
Friend
thou
closely
would'st
advise
,
Who
in
a
Countrey
of
far
distant
from
thee
lies
,
Take
thou
the
Orbe
and
Steel
which
on
the
Orbe
was
set
,
The
Christ-cross
on
the
edge
thou
seest
in
order
writ
,
What
notes
will
frame
thy
words
,
to
them
direct
thy
steel
,
And
it
sometime
to
this
,
sometimes
to
that
note
wheele
,
Turning
it
round
about
so
often
till
you
find
You
have
compounded
all
the
meaning
of
your
mind
;
Thy
Friend
that
dwells
far
off
,
O
strange
!
doth
plainly
see
The
Steel
to
stir
,
though
it
by
no
man
stired
be
,
Runing
now
here
,
now
there
:
He
conscious
of
the
Plot
,
As
the
steel
guides
pursues
;
and
Reades
from
note
to
note
;
Then
gathering
into
words
those
notes
,
he
clearly
sees
What
's
needful
to
be
done
,
the
Needle
Truchman
is
:
Now
when
the
steel
doth
cease
its
motion
;
if
thy
Friend
Think
it
convenient
answer
back
to
send
,
The
same
course
he
may
take
,
and
with
his
Needle
write
,
Touching
the
several
notes
,
what
so
he
list
indite
.
Would
God
,
Men
would
be
pleased
to
put
this
course
in
Ure
,
These
Letters
would
arrive
more
speedily
and
sure
:
Nor
Rivers
would
them
stop
,
nor
Thieves
them
intercept
;
Princes
with
their
own
hands
their
business
might
effect
:
We
Scribes
from
Black
Sea
scaped
,
at
length
with
hearty
Wills
,
At
the
Altar
of
the
Load
would
consecrate
our
Quills
.
Of
this
devise
,
how
two
absent
Friends
might
confer●at
a
great
distance
,
Viginerius
in
his
Annotations
upon
T.
Livius
,
speaketh
somewhat
in
the
1316
Columne
of
●his
first
Volumne
;
as
namely
,
that
a
Letter
might
be
Read
through
a
stone
Wall
of
three
Foot
thick
,
by
guiding
and
moving
the
Needle
of
a
Compass
over
the
Letters
of
an
Alphabet
,
written
in
the
Circumference
.
But
the
certainty
of
this
conclusion
I
leave
to
the
experiment
of
such
as
please
to
make
tryal
of
it
;
but
to
pursue
our
present
design
,
There
is
not
any
one
errour
that
breedeth
a
greater
confusion
in
Magnetical
Knowledge
,
then
the
mistaking
of
the
right
understanding
o●
the
true
North
and
South
ends
,
as
well
in
Magnet
themselves
,
as
also
in
Magnetical
Bodies
;
whosoeve●
therefore
will
take
a
little
pains
to
understand
this
well
shall
free
himself
from
many
intricate
difficulties
in
th●
argument
,
which
otherwise
must
needs
befall
him
wherein
some
having
Limed
themselves
,
have
falle●
into
many
errours
,
every
one
still
begetting
anothe●
worse
than
himself
.
All
those
which
Write
befor●
Doctor
Gilbert
did
name
that
end
of
a
Magnet
whic●
being
placed
in
a
Wooden
Dish
,
and
set
to
swi●
in
Water
,
would
turn
and
settle
it self
(
as
we
have
said
towards
the
North
,
the
North
end
of
the
Magnet
and
the
other
the
South
end
.
And
even
so
did
they
o●
all
Dyal
Needles
,
Compasses
and
Magnetical
Bodies
.
But
Doctor
Gilbert
not
for
any
new fangled
innovation
or
self
conceit
,
but
upon
good
reason
and
firm
demonstration
,
avoucheth
and
proveth
the
contrary
,
and
clearly
sheweth
,
that
the
former
vulgar
assertion
seriously
defended
,
tendeth
to
the
overthrow
of
all
Magnetical
Phylosophy
,
by
undermining
of
(
as
it
were
)
the
whole
frame
thereof
;
and
yet
in
common
speech
the
old
Rule
may
hold
Loquendum
cum
vulgo
sentiendum
cu●
sapientib●●
.
For
it
would
seem
a
strange
speech
to
a
Marriner
to
tell
him
that
his
Flower
de
Luce
were
become
the
South
point
of
the
Compass
,
and
yet
this
assertion
is
most
true
and
certainly
that
it
is
the
North
end
of
every
Magnet
and
Magnetical
Body
,
that
being
placed
in
a
thin
Wooden
Dish
in
Water
,
or
any
Magnetical
Needle
upon
his
Pin
,
which
seteth
it self
and
pointeth
to
the
South
,
and
it
is
the
South
end
which
pointeth
to
the
North.
For
proof
hereof
,
take
these
words
of
North
and
South
in
whether
of
the
two
former
significations
you
please
,
and
make
tryal
thereof
in
any
two
Magnets
,
or
any
two
Magnetical
Bodies
,
so
placed
that
they
may
freely
turn
according
to
their
natures
,
and
you
shall
always
see
a
natural
inclination
of
the
contrary
ends
of
the
one
to
the
contrary
ends
of
the
●ther
,
as
of
the
South
end
of
the
one
to
the
South
end
of
the
other
,
and
reciprocated
of
the
South
of
the
one
●o
the
North
of
the
other
;
but
the
ends
of
the
one
in
the
other
will
always
fly
from
those
of
the
like
denomination
,
as
the
North
end
of
the
one
from
the
North
end
of
the
other
,
and
the
South
end
of
the
one
from
the
South
end
of
the
other
.
For
as
much
then
as
all
Magnets
themselve
,
and
all
Magnetical
Bodies
(
being
so
placed
as
that
they
have
their
free
motion
)
compose
themselves
Magnetically
towards
the
Poles
of
the
Earth
,
it
must
needs
be
that
it
is
the
true
natural
South
end
of
the
Magnet
or
Magnetical
Needle
,
that
pointeth
towards
the
North
of
the
Earth
:
And
it
is
the
true
natural
North
end
of
the
Magnet
or
Magnetical
Needle
that
ponteth
towards
the
South
of
the
Earth
,
because
the
contrary
ends
do
affect
one
another
,
and
each
of
them
do
naturally
fly
,
the
one
end
of
the
one
,
from
the
end
of
the
other
,
which
is
of
like
denomination
unto
it self
:
for
Example
,
in
this
following
Diagram
of
the
whole
Magnet
,
E
A.
is
supposed
to
note
the
true
natural
North
end
thereof
,
and
B.
the
South
end
.
depiction of a magnet
This
Magnet
being
placed
in
a
Wooden
Dish
,
swiming
in
Water
,
freely
must
,
and
will
,
of
Magnetical
necessity
,
with
his
true
North
end
,
A.
settle
himself
so
,
that
A.
must
point
towards
the
South
of
the
Earth
;
and
the
South
end
,
B.
towards
the
North
of
the
Earth
,
because
all
Magnets
and
Magnetical
Bodies
do
naturally
affect
,
the
one
the
contrary
end
of
the
other
,
and
do
avoid
and
fly
from
their
ends
of
denomination
.
Now
for
a
further
consideration
of
these
properties
,
suppose
that
you
will
cut
a
piece
of
this
Magnet
Meridionally
,
viz.
C
D.
manifest
experience
will
shew
,
that
C.
which
did
in
nature
participate
with
A.
in
the
intire
Magnet
.
E.
as
being
both
of
the
true
North
part
thereof
,
now
being
seperate
will
not
abide
it
.
In
like
manner
D.
of
the
other
end
of
the
little
one
,
will
not
abide
B.
of
the
great
one
,
with
whom
being
intire
in
nature
,
he
did
participate
,
as
being
both
the
Southerly
parts
of
thr
entire
Magnet
,
E
,
and
that
because
the
ends
of
like
denomination
of
any
two
Magnets
,
do
naturrlly
fly
the
one
from
the
other
.
depiction of a magnet
The
stone
being
brought
to
his
perfect
form
,
you
must
have
a
mould
made
of
Iron
,
of
the
same
proportion
in
every
respect
,
and
equal
in
all
his
dimensions
,
then
setting
your
stone
aside
,
let
your
Work-man
frame
and
fassion
his
caps
,
and
sit
them
upon
his
mould
as
if
it
were
the
stone
;
thus
shall
you
be
sure
to
preserve
your
Magnets
from
many
dangers
,
very
incident
to
rude
handling
;
and
having
so
done
you
may
set
them
on
the
stone
it self
,
amending
any
small
faults
without
indangering
the
stone
,
either
with
bruisings
or
knocks
;
for
the
thickness
and
largness
of
the
caps
,
there
can
be
no
general
rule
prescribed
,
but
it
must
be
left
to
the
tryal
and
ingenious
discretion
and
dexterity
of
the
Workman
;
as
also
for
the
handsome
fastening
either
by
Soadering
or
Reveting
of
them
with
Latin
plates
to
the
caps
,
to
keep
them
in
their
places
fast
and
firm
and
steady
,
according
as
you
see
in
the
Ticture
of
a
stone
armed
with
single
caps
.
depiction of a magnet
depiction of a magnet
depiction of a magnet
Now
therefore
in
this
position
,
both
ends
of
the
Magnet
being
applyed
unto
the
two
ends
of
the
Iron
,
these
two
contrary
forces
strive
in
this
piece
of
Iron
,
the
North
to
repell
the
South
,
and
the
South
the
North
so
that
each
force
is
driven
nearer
his
own
end
,
and
becometh
there
so
much
the
stronger
then
otherwise
it
would
be
.
For
proof
whereof
,
take
a
little
narrow
square
piece
of
Iron
,
of
the
length
of
the
capped
stone
,
and
joyn
it
in
the
midst
with
Copper
after
this
manner
.
depiction of a magnets
A.
i●
supposed
to
be
a
●●ng
square
,
on
a
square
like
piece
of
Iron
,
in
length
fitting
the
two
double
caps
of
a
Load-stone
.
B.
a
long
square
piece
,
the
ends
Iron
,
the
middle
Copper
,
and
D.
least
of
all
.
If
you
apply
the
Load-stone
unto
A
,
he
will
hold
A.
very
strongly
;
but
if
you
put
any
of
the
other
three
pieces
under
A
,
that
it
may
touch
any
of
them
,
he
will
not
by
any
means
lift
it
up
.
If
you
apply
the
Load-stone
unto
B
,
he
will
take
it
up
very
weakly
,
and
C.
somewhat
more
strongly
,
but
D.
strongest
of
all
these
three
,
yet
not
comparable
to
the
strength
wherewith
he
taketh
up
A.
Aagain
,
although
the
Load-stone
take
up
B.
but
weakly
,
yet
if
you
place
B.
upon
A
,
he
will
take
them
up
both
very
strongly
;
yea
more
,
place
B.
upon
C
,
the
two
upon
D
,
all
three
upon
A
,
apply
the
Load-stone
upon
B
,
being
the
uppermost
,
and
he
will
lift
them
all
up
very
easily
.
The
cause
thereof
is
,
when
a
Load-stone
with
his
double
cap
is
placed
upon
A
,
the
force
of
both
ends
striving
in
that
piece
of
Iron
paralellwise
unto
the
Axis
of
the
stone
,
the
North
and
South
forces
are
driven
more
closely
unto
their
proper
ends
.
But
B.
(
because
of
the
immediate
Copper
)
there
cannot
be
no
such
close
driving
of
his
forces
unto
their
proper
ends
,
as
was
in
A
:
and
therefore
the
Load-stone
lifteth
up
B.
but
only
as
if
his
two
ends
were
two
little
loose
pieces
of
Iron
,
hanging
in
the
Air
,
and
the
intermediate
Copper
a
burthen
upon
them
.
But
by
placing
B.
upon
A
,
A.
in
the
manner
(
as
it
were
)
of
a
Bridge
,
joyneth
the
two
ends
together
in
their
former
combats
,
and
the
two
ends
of
B.
forasmuch
as
they
are
,
but
(
as
it
were
)
two
loose
pieces
of
Iron
hanging
in
the
Air
,
the
two
forces
of
the
Load-stone
North
and
South
,
distinctly
and
severally
pass
thorough
them
downwards
into
A
,
which
i●
could
not
do
if
it
had
been
one
intire
piece
of
Iron
:
and
so
all
those
four
pieces
,
being
placed
one
upon
another
,
so
that
A.
be
undermost
,
whether
directly
or
side-ways
,
the
Load-stone
will
easily
lift
them
all
up
,
and
not
otherwise
.
When
a
Load-stone
lifteth
up
Iron
at
one
end
only
,
the
virtue
of
a
stone
is
infused
into
the
whole
body
downward
of
that
Iron
,
if
it
be
not
very
long
.
But
when
by
means
of
the
double
caps
,
both
ends
do
lift
Iron
joyntly
together
,
he
infuseth
very
small
force
downwards
into
the
body
of
the
Iron
that
it
lifteth
up
:
for
the
forces
of
both
ends
are
so
striving
in
the
Collateral
Line
of
the
Iron
,
paralell
to
the
Axis
of
the
stone
,
that
whereas
a
good
Magnet
lifting
up
at
one
end
,
will
entend
his
virtue
downwards
twelve
or
fourteen
Inches
,
in
applying
both
ends
unto
the
Iron
,
by
the
means
of
the
double
caps
,
he
will
not
extend
his
force
downwards
the
distance
of
one
Inch
,
nor
with
any
strength
the
distance
of
half
an
Inch
,
as
in
this
former
Example
.
base for magnets
Pliny
in
his
natural
History
writeth
,
that
Dinocrates
that
Famous
Architect
Builder
of
Alexandria
,
at
Ptolomies
command
began
to
vault
a
Temple
with
Magnets
,
that
there
might
seem
to
hang
in
the
Air
the
Image
of
his
Sister
Arsinoe
,
made
of
Iron
for
that
purpose
:
but
both
Dinocrates
and
Ptolomie
dying
in
the
mean
space
,
that
enterprise
ceased
.
Neither
indeed
(
if
the
both
had
lived
)
could
it
ever
have
come
to
pass
by
that
means
,
by
reason
of
two
impossibilities
:
the
one
is
,
that
by
the
force
of
the
Load-stones
,
nothing
can
so
hang
in
the
Air
,
but
that
it
either
must
touch
the
stone
it self
,
or
some
other
intermediate
substance
between
it
and
the
stone
,
that
bareth
it
from
coming
to
the
stone
it self
.
For
Example
,
lay
two
or
three
Needles
upon
a
smooth
Table
,
put
a
Silver
or
Pewter
Plate
upon
them
,
and
upon
that
Plate
a
Load-stone
,
then
lift
up
the
Plate
aloft
with
the
Load-stone
lying
still
upon
it
,
and
you
shall
see
the
Needles
hanging
indeed
in
the
Air
endlong
,
and
if
you
move
the
stone
about
the
Plate
,
following
still
underneath
,
but
evermore
touching
the
Plate
,
which
is
the
intermediate
body
,
which
keepeth
them
from
coming
to
touch
the
stone
,
which
otherwise
by
their
natural
inclination
very
speedily
they
would
do
.
But
as
for
the
Image
of
Arsinoe
,
how
had
it
been
possible
for
it
to
have
toucht
at
once
,
mediately
or
immediately
,
so
great
a
number
of
Load-stones
,
whereof
the
pretended
Vault
must
needs
have
consisted
?
the
other
is
,
that
such
a
multitude
of
Magnets
would
nothing
but
confound
the
one
the
others
forces
,
so
that
one
of
them
alone
being
solitary
and
severed
from
his
company
,
might
shew
more
force
than
all
the
insociable
society
could
do
each
one
hindering
the
efficacie
of
the
other
.
Much
like
a
Team
of
many
Horses
,
where
every
one
drawing
his
several
way
,
might
soon
with
disordered
stretching
tire
himself
and
his
fellows
,
but
never
move
the
Load
one
jote
from
the
place
.
Insomuch
as
one
(
and
possibly
the
worst
)
would
do
more
good
alone
,
where
he
might
orderly
and
freely
use
his
own
strength
,
then
he
and
all
the
many
of
them
could
do
,
being
joyned
together
in
vicinitie
of
bodies
,
but
extreamly
distracted
through
contrarity
of
courses
.
The
only
way
to
perform
such
a
design
(
if
it
were
worth
●he
doing
)
would
be
to
prepare
one
mighty
great
Load-stone
of
excellent
goodness
,
which
having
his
due
proportion
,
after
an
extended
Ovall
form
,
should
be
fitted
with
double
caps
,
and
so
placed
in
the
Roof
of
a
Building
,
that
his
Axis
be
paralell
to
the
Horizon
:
in
this
manner
(
out
of
all
doubt
)
a
fair
large
Image
might
be
held
up
very
strongly
by
such
a
Magnet
,
let
the
stuff
or
substance
thereof
be
whatsoever
(
howbeit
the
lighter
the
better
)
so
that
there
be
fastened
to
the
uppermost
part
of
the
Image
a
small
piece
of
Iron
,
according
prepared
and
placed
for
the
two
prominent
ends
of
the
double
caps
of
the
stone
,
to
lay
hold
thereon
.
But
enough
hereof
.
In
the
caping
of
the
Magnets
,
this
general
rule
is
to
be
observed
,
that
they
ought
to
be
made
of
the
finest
and
softest
Iron
,
and
not
of
Steel
:
the
weight
also
,
which
the
Magnet
taketh
up
,
should
be
of
the
like
Iron
,
and
not
of
Steel
(
as
aforesaid
)
for
although
Steel
at
the
least
retaineth
Ten
times
as
much
virtue
as
Iron
,
when
it
is
once
seperated
from
the
stone
,
can
doe
;
yet
as
long
as
there
is
any
contignity
between
the
stone
and
them
,
he
holdeth
Iron
more
stronger
than
Steel
.
Both
which
differences
in
either
of
them
,
by
manifest
experience
are
certain
,
and
seem
to
proceed
from
notable
fastness
and
closeness
in
the
Steel
above
the
Iron
;
by
means
whereof
the
Magnetical
Virtue
doth
longer
and
more
forcibly
continue
in
that
than
this
:
even
as
fire
more
mightily
possesseth
,
and
for
a
greater
space
abideth
in
stone
,
or
any
such
firm
or
solid
matter
,
then
in
Wood
or
Straw
,
or
the
like
thin
and
hollow
substance
;
and
therefore
those
Compass
makers
,
that
make
the
Wiers
of
their
Flies
for
Sailing
Compasses
of
meer
Iron
,
ought
not
by
any
means
to
be
suffered
;
for
to
gain
Two-pence
in
a
Compas
(
and
scarcely
that
)
they
intollerably
abuse
those
that
Travel
by
Sea
,
to
their
great
danger
and
mischief
.
To
cement
and
piece
Load-stones
,
for
your
Simmon
doe
thus
:
take
the
fine
powder
of
Load-stone
,
half
so
much
powder
of
New-brick
made
very
small
and
subtill
,
one
part
of
Burgundy-pitch
,
half
so
much
of
Rossen
,
a
small
portion
of
unwrought
Wax
:
mingle
all
these
together
very
well
upon
a
soft
Fire
,
and
make
the
whole
Mass
in
little
Roules
.
Now
when
you
will
cement
a
stone
,
do
thus
:
heat
the
two
pieces
of
the
stone
very
hot
,
and
likewise
the
Simmon
,
then
strake
the
places
as
you
will
soder
,
over
with
the
Simmon
very
thinly
,
and
joyn
them
somewhat
hard
together
,
letting
them
so
stand
untill
they
be
cold
,
and
you
shall
have
it
fully
as
strong
,
as
if
it
were
an
intire
stone
it self
,
and
not
to
be
severed
by
great
heat
of
Fire
.
In
piecing
of
the
Load-stones
,
there
must
be
great
care
taken
to
the
nature
of
the
Load-stone
in
general
,
and
also
to
those
particular
pieces
which
you
would
joyn
together
.
The
Load-stone
in
general
(
as
it
is
shewed
before
)
that
his
force
issueth
(
as
it
were
)
from
a
center
in
the
middle
of
the
stone
,
to
all
the
superficies
whereof
universally
,
but
most
strongly
unto
the
Poles
from
the
middle
,
one
way
the
stone
is
all
of
a
Northly
nature
,
and
all
of
it
Southly
the
other
way
.
For
Example
.
depiction of a magnet
depiction of a magnet
depiction of a magnet
depiction of a magnet
depiction of a magnet
In
Load-stones
there
is
a
part
truly
said
to
be
divided
from
the
whole
,
when
the
points
of
that
part
or
ends
,
or
Poles
,
and
so
,
by
necessary
consequence
,
the
Axis
and
Aequator
,
in
which
the
universal
frame
of
Magnetical
power
consisteth
,
have
a
position
diverse
from
the
Poles
or
points
of
the
World
.
For
this
cause
,
in
the
last
example
the
one
half
A
,
B.
being
supposed
to
swarve
from
the
other
half
B
,
A.
at
either
end
,
must
needs
presently
be
divided
from
it
,
and
now
cannot
be
pars
integri
,
but
is
of
necessity
totum
integrali
,
a
several
and
absolute
Magnet
of
it self
,
and
so
by
an
essential
property
common
to
all
Magnets
,
coveteth
with
his
point
A.
the
contrary
B.
of
that
which
is
under
it
.
Wherefore
like
as
exact
agreement
is
between
two
Mathematical
Figures
,
when
being
applyed
together
,
the
extreams
of
the
one
,
do
precisely
fall
upon
the
extreams
of
the
other
,
each
upon
his
correspondent
extream
,
and
it
is
made
one
therewith
:
even
such
is
the
perfect
composition
or
setting
together
the
parts
of
a
Magnetical
Body
,
and
namely
of
those
two
equal
parts
before
exemplifyed
,
you
must
so
joyn
one
upon
another
,
that
the
two
extreams
or
ends
be
always
of
the
same
nature
Northly
or
Southly
,
in
both
parts
;
and
that
by
the
due
application
of
the
parts
,
the
two
Northly
ends
being
united
and
become
one
,
as
also
the
two
Southly
after
the
same
manner
.
But
if
these
parts
,
being
of
equal
length
,
be
joyned
longwise
,
the
North
of
the
one
unto
the
South
of
the
other
;
those
two
ends
that
were
(
being
now
no
ends
,
but
the
just
middle
of
one
Magnet
)
have
lost
their
properties
which
they
had
when
they
were
ends
.
For
those
properties
,
by
this
Union
are
abolished
,
but
their
other
ends
still
reserve
their
former
and
stronger
virtues
of
North
and
South
;
and
so
according
to
Magnetical
nature
,
one
Magnet
shall
have
but
two
Poles
,
the
North
and
the
South
.
Again
,
if
you
will
piece
two
Load-stones
together
in
thickness
,
the
one
of
them
being
longer
than
the
other
;
then
you
must
either
cut
the
longer
that
it
may
be
fit
in
length
unto
the
shorter
,
or
else
piece
the
shorter
in
such
a
manner
as
is
before
described
,
that
he
be
equal
in
length
to
the
longer
,
and
whatsoever
disorderly
parts
perhaps
shall
be
in
any
of
them
,
they
may
,
even
after
they
are
cemented
,
very
well
be
ground
away
.
Also
if
there
be
holes
or
dents
,
with
little
pieces
of
Load-stones
cemented
(
their
points
being
observed
)
they
may
be
filled
up
,
without
any
manner
of
damage
or
deformity
,
no
more
then
if
there
had
not
been
any
such
at
all
.
And
after
this
Method
you
may
(
with
labour
and
industry
)
of
many
Magnets
,
make
one
huge
,
and
of
what
form
you
please
.
And
although
the
Magnets
of
this
body
,
Magnetically
compact
(
as
I
have
here
shewed
)
were
never
so
many
in
number
,
yet
the
whole
will
have
but
two
principal
points
,
the
one
the
North
,
the
other
the
South
,
even
as
if
it
were
one
natural
Load-stone
,
and
all
of
them
will
contribute
their
forces
unto
these
two
points
;
so
that
if
there
were
twenty
of
them
,
being
after
this
order
cemented
together
into
one
body
,
the
whole
would
have
but
two
points
,
but
if
you
will
place
them
in
a
Vault
,
according
to
a
Masons
Trade
,
they
will
have
40
points
,
twenty
North
,
and
as
many
South
,
and
will
work
the
like
effect
in
drawing
Iron
,
as
(
to
use
the
former
gross
similitude
)
if
a
Teeme
of
Horses
were
set
in
their
Traces
contrary
the
one
to
the
other
,
the
one
to
pull
one
way
and
the
other
anorher
.
As
for
the
Turks
Mahomet
,
hanging
in
the
Air
with
his
Iron
Chest
,
it
is
a
most
gross
untruth
,
and
utterly
impossible
it
is
for
any
thing
to
hang
so
in
the
Air
by
any
Magnetical
power
,
but
that
either
it
must
touch
the
stone
it self
,
or
else
(
as
we
have
said
)
some
intermediate
hoby
,
that
hindereth
it
from
coming
to
the
stone
,
or
else
some
stay
below
to
keep
it
from
ascending
,
as
some
small
Wyer
that
can
scarcely
be
seen
or
perceived
.
depiction of a vessel
Concerning
the
Magnetical
force
of
the
whole
body
of
the
Earth
,
I
have
selected
these
experiments
to
prove
it
.
Take
any
piece
of
solid
Earth
that
hath
some
toughness
●o
hold
together
,
and
will
abide
the
fire
,
as
any
sort
of
Clay
or
Brick
(
which
sometimes
was
Clay
)
fashion
it
in
such
manner
that
it
be
uniformly
extended
towards
both
ends
(
the
Orall
or
Long
Figure
is
fittest
for
our
purpose
)
put
it
into
a
Fire
of
Charcoales
,
increasing
the
heat
by
little
and
little
,
and
at
the
length
with
often
blowing
,
make
it
as
throughly
red
hot
as
you
can
:
let
it
remain
so
for
the
space
of
half
an
hour
or
more
,
that
thereby
all
the
superfluous
moisture
may
be
consumed
,
and
adverse
qualities
seperated
from
it
,
then
take
it
forth
,
and
let
it
coole
it self
,
being
first
set
North
and
South
with
either
end
answerable
to
the
variation
of
the
place
,
not
paralell
to
the
Horizon
,
but
elevated
answerable
to
the
Latitude
as
near
as
you
can
.
Certain
it
is
that
this
piece
of
Earth
thus
ordered
,
will
sensibly
shew
you
that
it
hath
true
Magnetical
Virtue
.
But
here
before
I
proceed
any
farther
,
I
must
deliver
unto
you
a
necessary
observation
:
There
are
two
sorts
of
Attractions
(
as
they
are
commonly
called
)
the
one
Magnetical
,
the
other
Electrical
.
The
Magnetical
hath
always
a
special
respect
to
the
North
and
South
points
(
as
we
have
often
said
)
of
the
Magnet
or
Magnetical
Body
.
The
Electrical
Body
hath
no
manner
of
respect
to
any
one
point
of
the
Electrical
Body
,
more
than
another
:
and
by
this
difference
these
two
kinds
of
Attractions
are
easily
discerned
:
as
also
by
this
look
what
end
of
the
Magnetical
Needle
the
one
end
of
the
Magnet
doth
draw
,
the
other
will
chase
away
;
but
the
Electrical
Body
draweth
alike
at
all
ends
.
And
Thirdly
after
this
manner
,
lap
this
Electrical
Body
in
a
Paper
and
it
will
draw
nothing
to
it
at
all
,
but
interposition
of
Brass
or
a
stone
Wall
within
the
Orbe
of
the
Magnets
virtue
,
doth
nothing
weaken
the
same
,
or
hinder
his
effect
towards
his
peculiar
object
.
Notwithstanding
(
to
speak
properly
)
Attraction
appertaineth
only
to
Electrical
Bodies
,
because
the
whole
Attractive
virtue
is
only
in
the
Electrical
Body
it self
,
and
nothing
as
in
the
thing
that
is
attracted
.
The
Attraction
(
commonly
so
called
)
of
the
Load-stone
is
rightly
to
be
termed
,
Concursion
,
Confluence
,
or
Coition
,
because
it
is
the
running
or
vigorous
meeting
together
of
two
Magnetical
Bodies
,
having
a
mutual
Inclination
the
one
with
the
other
,
or
by
any
other
name
,
bearing
the
like
sense
.
For
the
true
knowledge
thereof
,
being
but
lately
as
a
stranger
arrived
amongst
us
,
for
common
use
.
(
Quem
penes
arbitrium
est
,
et
jus
et
Norma
Loquendi
,
hath
as
yet
scant
suited
it
,
with
a
convenient
Name
to
express
this
property
;
so
that
Magnetical
conclusion
is
never
but
between
two
Bodies
,
such
as
both
of
them
are
Magnetical
;
as
of
one
Load-stone
with
another
,
or
of
a
Load-stone
with
Iron
or
Steel
,
or
Iron
Oare
if
it
be
prepared
,
or
between
two
pieces
of
Iron
or
Steel
thac
are
Revived
with
a
Load-stone
;
for
indeed
the
Load-stone
can
but
revive
and
multiply
Magnetical
force
in
a
Body
that
naturally
hath
it
in
some
measure
before
:
but
cannot
infuse
it
into
any
thing
,
that
before
is
utterly
void
of
it
,
as
of
Mettalls
in
Iron
and
Steel
,
and
not
in
Gold
,
Silver
,
Brass
,
&c.
Electrum
in
this
Argument
is
named
that
which
is
either
Amber
in
substance
,
or
at
least
of
the
quality
and
that
Amber
being
●ubed
,
hath
an
attraction
to
take
up
Moats
,
Feathers
,
Straws
,
and
other
small
things
the
which
property
is
also
in
●eate
,
Brimstone
,
Hard-wax
(
if
it
be
smooth
)
and
in
infinite
other
things
,
both
natural
and
compound
;
all
which
because
of
that
quality
in
this
Argument
are
termed
Electrical
Bodies
,
and
their
taking
up
of
things
is
called
Electrical
Attraction
,
having
only
a
slender
resemblance
,
●ut
no
truth
of
the
Magnetical
Quality
.
But
that
above
mentioned
piece
of
Earth
,
prepared
in
such
a
manner
as
is
before
prescribed
,
will
by
Magnetical
Concursion
shew
it self
to
be
a
true
Magnetical
Body
.
For
the
one
end
of
the
Magnetical
Needle
will
covet
towards
the
one
of
the
prepared
Mass
,
and
flye
from
the
other
.
And
contrarywise
also
,
though
it
will
do
both
but
weakly
,
not
with
power
comparable
to
a
natural
Load-stone
,
yet
as
truly
as
that
.
That
end
which
cooled
towards
the
South
,
will
draw
the
true
North
end
of
the
Needle
,
and
that
end
which
cooled
towards
the
North
will
draw
the
true
South
end
of
the
Needle
.
If
so
be
that
as
yet
you
will
have
another
in
fallible
Argument
,
do
thus
;
mark
what
end
draweth
the
North
end
of
the
Needle
,
afterwards
put
the
new
made
Magnet
into
the
fire
again
,
and
when
it
hath
been
glowing
for
the
space
of
half
a
quarter
of
an
hour
,
take
it
out
and
cool
it
,
being
placed
with
that
marked
towards
the
North
,
most
assuredly
that
end
now
will
draw
the
South
end
of
the
Needle
,
and
the
North
end
of
the
Needle
will
shun
it
,
which
before
approached
unto
it
,
the
reason
hereof
is
,
because
the
first
having
abolished
all
the
former
.
Magnetical
quality
of
that
Mass
wherewith
it
was
in
a
contrary
position
affected
in
the
former
cooling
,
now
leaving
it
apt
and
fit
to
receive
any
new
Impression
:
which
presently
it
taketh
again
either
regularly
,
if
in
the
cooling
it
be
placed
with
the
ends
to
the
North
and
South
,
or
(
if
it
be
placed
otherwise
)
confusedly
,
by
the
Magnetical
force
and
virtue
of
the
whole
body
of
the
Earth
by
regular
and
confused
,
this
is
the
meaning
.
Take
any
lump
of
Earth
,
or
any
Brick-bat
ordered
in
this
manner
,
certain
it
is
that
this
●ump
of
Earth
or
Brick-bat
hath
some
Magnetical
virtue
therein
,
yet
so
feeble
and
weak
,
that
our
sence
cannot
discern
it
,
because
of
the
unfitness
of
the
form
,
and
the
confused
dispersion
of
that
weak
force
,
through
the
whole
body
thereof
.
Then
suppose
you
will
bring
either
of
these
into
an
extended
Ovall
form
,
which
is
apt
(
as
before
I
have
said
)
for
any
body
Magnetical
to
shew
his
force
,
yet
this
will
help
it
nothing
at
all
of
it self
,
as
you
may
easily
make
experience
in
every
Load-stone
.
For
if
you
take
a
Load-stone
of
a
confused
form
,
it
is
not
enough
to
bring
it
into
a
convenient
Ovall
,
except
with
diligence
you
reserve
the
points
of
the
North
and
South
in
the
two
ends
thereof
,
for
if
you
leave
the
points
in
the
sides
,
you
spoile
it
with
this
Ovall
form
.
For
the
stone
will
not
lightly
be
of
one
quarter
of
the
force
,
as
it
was
before
;
for
the
Ovall
form
giveth
it
no
virtue
,
but
it
is
the
fittest
for
it
to
shew
the
uttermost
of
that
strength
,
which
of
it self
it
had
before
,
if
you
observe
the
due
points
,
and
not
otherwise
.
But
in
this
Earth
and
Brick
it
is
not
possible
to
find
the
due
points
in
such
a
manner
as
you
may
in
a
Load-stone
,
because
of
the
weakness
of
the
Magnetical
force
therein
contained
.
And
therefore
you
cannot
bring
that
into
a
regular
Ovall
form
,
and
by
the
Fire
take
away
the
confused
Magnetical
force
,
and
all
other
perverse
qualities
thereof
,
that
being
by
nature
a
Magnetical
body
in
his
cooling
before
specified
,
receiving
presently
by
that
unresistable
power
of
the
Earth
,
his
Magnetical
virtue
,
according
unto
that
form
,
and
will
regularly
have
his
due
points
precisely
in
the
ends
,
without
any
confusion
.
Johannes
Babtista
Porta
writes
,
that
he
did
make
tryal
of
the
way
that
Paracelsus
hath
set
down
for
to
increase
the
virtue
of
a
Magnet
;
Namely
,
to
heat
him
red
hot
in
the
Fire
,
and
to
quench
him
in
the
Oyl
of
Crocus
Martis
:
and
Babtista
Porta
saith
,
that
he
found
it
a
detestable
falsehood
.
But
saith
he
,
he
is
so
far
from
increasing
his
virtue
,
as
that
(
being
once
red
hot
)
he
looseth
all
his
own
,
past
all
recovery
.
But
for
all
this
that
he
saith
,
I
doubt
whether
Paracelsus
be
justly
reproved
or
not
,
for
by
my
own
experience
I
know
that
the
heating
of
a
Load-stone
untill
it
be
red
hot
,
doth
weaken
a
Load-stone
,
but
taketh
not
away
all
its
force
;
and
in
my
tryal
hereof
,
I
found
a
very
manifest
proof
of
the
Magnetisme
of
the
Earth
,
which
I
thought
necessary
to
insert
in
this
place
.
I
have
made
this
tryal
of
fragments
of
Magnets
in
divers
kinds
,
and
likewise
of
divers
kinds
of
Iron
Mines
which
are
next
in
degree
to
the
Magnets
;
Namely
,
after
this
manner
,
Heat
him
in
the
Fire
by
little
and
little
(
for
fear
of
breaking
)
untill
he
be
red
hot
,
then
take
him
out
and
let
him
cool
,
then
mark
(
with
Chalk
or
what
you
please
)
those
parts
that
respect
the
North
and
South
,
and
you
shall
find
those
markt
places
,
the
North
and
the
South
Poles
of
the
Magnet
.
Put
him
into
the
fire
again
,
untill
he
be
red
hot
,
and
cool
him
contrarily
,
and
you
shall
have
the
contrary
effect
.
Therefore
if
Babtsta
Porta
did
make
his
tryal
with
a
Load-stone
very
long
in
form
,
and
chanced
(
for
Doctor
Gilberts
mistery
of
the
Magnetisme
was
not
then
revealed
)
for
to
cool
him
in
his
Oyl
of
Crocus
Martis
with
his
ends
East
and
West
,
the
Axis
of
the
stone
being
then
overthwart
in
the
middle
,
it
were
no
marvel
,
though
it
found
no
force
in
the
ends
.
And
I
doe
not
think
it
impossible
,
but
that
Paracelsus
way
may
doe
some
good
rightly
used
.
Doctor
Gilbert
writeth
,
that
some
Iron
Mine
will
affect
a
Magnetical
Needle
,
as
it
is
of
it self
,
being
unprepared
by
fire
:
but
as
yet
I
never
could
find
any
such
,
but
this
I
have
often
tryed
,
that
it
being
of
no
manner
of
Magnetical
virtue
of
it self
,
no
more
then
a
Flint
stone
unprepared
by
fire
,
being
made
red
hot
and
cooled
,
is
presently
impregnated
with
very
apparent
Magnetical
virtue
,
according
to
the
scituation
that
he
is
cooled
in
,
and
although
you
heat
and
cool
him
often
,
and
divers
ways
,
he
will
still
keep
his
virtues
,
according
to
the
situation
of
his
cooling
.
And
some
Iron
Mines
I
have
found
,
which
being
but
in
this
sort
prepared
,
have
had
as
strong
force
as
some
natural
Magnets
have
had
;
it
is
the
goodness
of
the
Load-stone
joyned
with
a
fit
form
that
will
shew
great
force
:
For
as
a
very
good
form
with
a
base
substance
can
doe
but
very
little
,
so
the
substance
of
the
Load-stone
be
it
never
so
excellent
,
except
it
have
some
convenient
form
,
is
not
availeable
.
For
example
,
an
excellent
Load-stone
of
a
pound
weight
and
of
a
good
fashion
,
being
used
artificially
,
may
take
up
four
pounds
of
Iron
;
beat
it
into
small
powder
,
and
it
shall
be
of
no
force
to
take
up
one
ounce
of
Iron
;
yea
I
am
very
well
assured
,
that
half
an
ounce
of
a
Load-stone
of
good
fashion
,
an●
of
like
virtue
,
will
take
up
more
then
a
pound
will
doe
being
beaten
in
powder
.
Whence
(
to
add
to
this
by
the
way
)
it
appeareth
manifestly
,
that
it
is
a
great
errour
of
those
Physitians
and
Chirurgeons
,
which
to
remedy
Ruptures
,
doe
prescribe
unto
their
Patients
to
take
the
powder
of
Load-stone
inwardly
,
and
the
small
filling
of
Iron
inwardly
:
suppose
here
that
the
Magnetical
drawing
should
do
great
wonders
,
whereas
they
consider
not
that
the
stone
being
dissolved
into
powder
,
every
little
particle
of
the
dust
hath
two
points
contrary
,
the
one
drawing
to
,
the
other
repelling
and
putting
from
;
and
so
being
thus
confounded
by
a
contrary
working
,
doth
much
more
harm
then
good
with
his
Magnetical
quality
.
As
for
the
astringent
and
drying
property
of
the
Load-stone
,
I
leave
them
to
the
diligent
observation
of
those
that
are
skilful
in
Physick
:
but
to
return
to
our
purpose
,
and
to
alledge
this
also
,
besides
the
manifest
proof
,
if
the
Earth
were
not
by
Nature
a
Magnetical
body
,
the
aforesaid
mentioned
piece
of
Earth
were
not
by
Nature
a
Magnetical
body
,
the
afore
mentioned
piece
of
Earth
could
not
receive
from
a
Load-stone
any
Magnetical
power
:
but
most
certain
it
is
,
and
by
many
undoubted
experiments
confired
,
that
it
will
evidently
receive
a
Magnetical
power
from
a
Load-stone
:
therefore
it
is
manifest
that
the
Earth
is
by
nature
a
Magnetical
power
:
but
most
certain
it
is
,
and
by
many
undoubted
experiments
confirmed
,
that
it
will
evidently
receive
Magnetical
power
from
a
Load-stone
therefore
it
is
manifest
that
the
Earth
is
by
nature
a
Magnetical
body
.
Farthermore
,
as
amongst
all
the
Mettalls
,
Iron
doth
imcomparably
more
resemble
the
Earth
in
substance
then
any
other
doth
;
it
likewise
doth
participate
more
with
the
Earth
in
quality
,
and
principally
in
the
Magnetical
peculiar
property
hereof
,
as
notorious
experience
declareth
;
yea
every
piece
of
Iron
Oare
,
being
naturally
(
as
Doctor
Gilbert
sheweth
)
a
Magnet
,
although
of
feeble
force
,
and
all
Magnets
being
a
kind
of
an
Iron
Oare
,
is
the
very
cause
,
that
only
Iron
or
Steel
,
and
no
other
Mettall
is
capable
of
that
virtue
,
Namely
,
to
have
that
revived
and
multiplyed
by
the
vicinity
of
a
Magnet
,
which
at
the
first
in
some
measure
was
originally
in
it self
,
as
it
is
aforesaid
;
it
is
also
well
known
,
that
the
Magnet
is
a
stone
most
commonly
of
invincible
hardness
,
nothing
inferiour
to
any
Iron
or
Steel
of
the
excellentest
sort
;
notwithstanding
sometimes
we
see
of
them
that
are
nothing
,
but
a
dry
lump
of
Earth
,
and
yet
of
those
also
some
are
stronger
in
virtue
,
than
divers
of
the
hard
stones
are
:
which
Earthly
Magnets
,
if
a
man
assay
to
bring
them
into
fashion
by
grinding
on
a
Grinding-stone
(
according
to
the
common
use
)
they
will
consume
into
very
Mud
in
the
Water
.
Now
(
to
draw
towards
an
end
of
this
matter
)
albeit
that
the
Magnetical
virtue
be
most
eminent
in
the
Magnet
,
as
in
the
precise
and
perfect
subject
thereof
:
yet
it
is
the
self
same
quality
,
in
a
meaner
degree
,
evidently
to
be
perceived
in
every
piece
of
Earth
,
prepared
and
ordered
(
as
is
aforesaid
)
yea
,
although
it
be
not
cooled
with
his
ends
North
and
South
,
that
it
may
take
its
Magnetical
force
from
the
virtue
of
the
Earth
,
for
if
you
cool
it
with
his
ends
but
East
and
West
,
and
set
two
Load-stones
in
the
cooling
,
the
one
at
one
end
and
the
other
at
the
other
end
,
it
will
receive
a
sensible
and
apparant
Magnetical
Virtue
,
according
to
those
points
of
the
Load-stone
that
were
applyed
unto
it
;
namely
,
that
end
which
was
next
to
the
South
point
of
the
Load-stone
will
have
a
North
property
,
and
that
end
that
was
next
the
North
point
,
will
have
a
South
property
;
yea
,
if
you
set
the
North
part
of
two
Load-stones
to
each
end
,
both
ends
of
this
new
made
Magnets
will
have
a
South
property
;
and
contrariwise
if
you
apply
the
South
ends
of
two
Magnets
,
both
his
ends
will
have
a
North
property
;
and
those
properties
before
mentioned
will
shew
themselves
Magnetical
,
because
whether
end
of
this
new
Magnet
draweth
any
one
end
of
a
Magnetical
Needle
,
the
same
will
cause
away
the
other
:
which
is
proper
only
to
Magnets
and
Magnetical
Bodies
.
After
the
like
sort
,
only
by
application
of
two
strong
Load-stones
by
the
force
of
twenty
four
hours
you
may
alter
the
points
of
any
base
Load-stone
,
which
you
would
,
and
make
them
both
North
and
South
as
you
please
:
so
that
the
Load-stone
that
you
would
alter
be
but
base
in
quality
,
and
not
great
in
substance
,
and
that
the
other
be
of
a
reasonable
bigness
and
good
strength
.
And
this
virtue
by
such
an
application
of
two
Load-stones
I
have
often
found
effectual
in
new
Brick
lately
taken
from
the
Kill
without
any
farther
putting
into
the
fire
at
all
,
and
although
it
be
against
the
nature
of
the
Load-stone
to
have
both
his
ends
naturally
of
one
virtue
,
that
is
to
say
both
of
them
of
a
North
property
,
or
both
of
them
of
a
South
property
:
yet
here
is
to
be
understood
,
that
it
is
the
forcible
violence
of
the
strong
ones
,
being
applyed
joyntly
to
each
end
of
the
weak
,
that
do
chase
the
contrary
property
of
the
weak
one
into
the
middle
thereof
;
and
therefore
if
you
divide
this
weak
one
in
the
middle
,
then
both
those
ends
which
being
joyned
together
in
the
middle
(
where
no
Load-stone
can
shew
any
virtue
)
being
now
disjoynted
and
become
both
ends
,
will
presently
shew
a
contrary
property
(
according
to
the
Magnetical
Nature
)
unto
the
other
two
ends
.
depiction of a compass
The
form
of
the
stone
is
Represented
in
this
following
Figure
.
The
Form
of
the
Stone
.
I
must
have
on
the
inner
side
certain
little
Nailes
and
Denticles
and
small
Teeth
of
Iron
of
one
equal
weight
,
to
be
fastened
on
the
Border
or
Magnet
,
so
that
the
one
be
no
farther
distant
from
the
other
,
then
is
the
thickness
of
a
Bean.
The
said
Wheel
also
must
be
in
all
parts
of
equal
weight
,
then
fasten
the
Axletree
in
the
middle
,
upon
the
which
the
Wheel
may
turn
,
the
Axletree
remaining
altogether
immoveable
.
To
the
which
Axletree
again
shall
be
joyned
a
Pin
of
Silver
fastened
to
the
same
,
and
placed
between
the
two
cases
in
the
highest
part
,
whereon
place
the
Load-stone
.
Being
thus
prepared
,
let
it
be
first
brought
to
a
round
form
,
then
(
as
is
said
)
let
the
Poles
be
found
:
then
the
Poles
untouched
,
the
two
contrary
sides
being
between
the
two
Poles
,
must
be
fyled
and
polished
,
and
the
stone
brought
in
a
manner
to
the
form
of
an
Egg
,
and
somewhat
narrower
on
those
two
sides
,
least
the
lower
part
thereof
should
possess
the
inferiour
place
,
that
it
may
touch
the
Walls
of
the
case
like
a
little
Wheel
.
setting up the the lode-stone at sea
the lode-stone at sea
The
Sea-mans
Director
,
as
well
in
distress
of
Weather
,
as
also
at
his
leasure
times
of
Recreation
,
how
to
make
a
right
use
of
the
Magnetical
Needle
,
how
to
manage
the
Sayling
Compass
,
and
the
rest
of
the
Instruments
of
chiefest
concernment
in
the
Art
of
Navigation
.
HAving
already
discoursed
of
the
virtues
of
the
Load-stone
,
as
we
are
very
unwilling
(
for
to
divide
such
dear
friends
,
we
next
shall
Treat
of
the
Magnetical
Needle
.
The
variation
of
the
Magnetical
Needle
,
being
aptly
fitted
and
placed
upon
his
pin
,
is
nothing
else
,
but
the
swarving
of
the
pointing
of
the
same
in
the
Horizon
,
from
the
Meridian
line
there
,
the
portion
of
the
Horizon
intercepted
between
the
true
Meridian
line
and
this
pointing
,
sheweth
of
what
quantity
the
variation
is
,
and
giveth
it
his
name
,
to
wit
,
which
way
it
lyeth
,
either
Easterly
or
Westerly
,
and
it
is
observed
by
either
end
of
the
Needle
as
you
please
.
In
times
past
men
observed
only
by
the
North
end
of
the
Needle
,
because
they
understood
not
that
the
Load-stone
hath
a
South
virtue
,
as
well
as
a
North
;
and
therefore
did
touch
their
Needles
and
Wyars
of
their
Compasses
always
for
the
North
only
,
leaving
those
ends
of
the
Wyars
bare
,
that
they
might
be
refreshed
with
a
new
touch
at
any
time
afterwards
:
but
the
other
ends
they
covered
,
not
knowing
that
they
were
also
apt
to
receive
as
forcible
a
virtue
from
the
Load-stone
for
the
South
,
as
the
other
for
the
North.
For
the
right
understanding
of
the
variation
,
which
is
necessary
dependants
,
we
must
use
the
means
of
two
circles
,
the
one
of
them
I
will
call
the
Magnetical
Almicanter
,
the
other
is
already
known
by
the
name
of
the
Magnetical
Meridian
.
This
Magnetical
Almicanter
is
a
circle
parallel
unto
the
Horizon
,
whose
center
is
the
Vertical
point
,
and
is
described
by
the
distance
between
the
Vertical
point
,
and
the
nearer
Pole
of
the
Earth
;
the
Magnetical
respective
pole
,
or
(
which
is
all
one
)
the
Pole
of
the
Magnetical
Meridian
,
is
a
point
in
the
Magnetical
Almicanter
,
as
the
variation
of
that
place
containeth
in
the
Horizon
,
but
always
it
is
the
contrary
part
of
the
true
Meridian
;
that
is
,
if
the
variation
of
the
South
part
of
the
Needle
be
Easterly
,
the
respective
Pole
is
Westerly
:
but
if
you
observe
with
the
North
end
of
the
Needle
,
the
respective
Pole
and
the
variation
are
both
one
way
in
all
our
Northern
Climates
.
If
the
variation
of
the
South
point
of
the
Needle
be
Westerly
,
then
is
the
respective
pole
so
many
degrees
in
the
said
Almicanter
Easterly
,
and
therefore
always
of
the
same
height
with
the
true
Pole
above
the
Horizon
.
For
since
all
great
circles
of
the
Globe
do
necessarily
cut
one
another
in
two
points
into
two
equal
parts
:
these
two
therefore
must
even
do
so
in
the
Zenith
and
Nadir
,
by
the
very
definition
;
so
that
these
two
points
(
the
Zenith
and
Nadir
)
are
always
alike
common
to
them
both
,
as
well
unto
the
true
,
as
unto
the
Magnetical
Meridian
.
Where-hence
it
followeth
necessarily
,
that
always
the
one
half
of
the
Magnetical
Meridian
is
on
the
East
side
,
and
the
other
on
the
West
side
of
the
true
Meridian
,
the
common
Zenith
or
Nadir
evermore
keeping
their
equal
distances
from
the
Poles
of
the
one
of
them
,
as
they
do
from
the
other
.
For
Example
,
suppose
the
common
Zenith
to
be
in
the
Aequator
,
you
Sayling
East
or
West
,
as
long
as
there
is
no
variation
,
there
is
no
Magnetical
Meridian
,
there
are
no
Megnetical
Poles
,
but
those
of
the
World
.
But
as
soon
as
Sayling
still
under
the
line
,
you
do
find
a
variation
,
it
is
the
Magnetical
Meridian
,
that
by
his
swarving
from
the
true
Meridian
of
the
World
,
in
the
Horizon
sheweth
the
quantity
of
the
variation
,
and
giveth
it
also
the
denomination
of
Easterly
or
Westerly
,
and
his
Axis
is
the
line
of
variation
.
But
suppose
the
common
Zenith
,
to
be
in
any
parallel
,
between
the
Equatour
and
the
Pole
,
then
is
it
not
the
Axis
,
but
some
other
Diameter
of
the
Magnetical
Meridian
,
which
sheweth
the
variation
of
the
Horizon
;
and
the
Magnetical
Meridian
ever
more
cutteth
just
so
many
degrees
of
the
Magnetical
Almicanter
on
the
one
side
of
the
true
Meridian
,
as
the
same
Magnetical
Pole
is
distant
from
the
same
Almicanter
,
on
the
other
side
of
the
true
M●ridian
from
the
Pole
of
the
World
.
And
this
is
to
be
u●●erstood
in
correspondent
manner
,
as
well
of
the
South
Hemisph●re
,
as
of
the
North.
The
respective
Magnetical
M
ridian
(
where
any
variation
is
)
is
a
circle
that
pa●●eth
by
the
Vertical
point
of
the
Nadir
,
and
both
the
respective
Poles
,
crossing
the
Horizon
at
right
Angles
in
the
points
of
variation
,
of
which
circle
the
line
of
Variation
is
a
Diameter
,
but
where
there
is
no
variation
the
true
and
Magnetical
Meridian●
are
both
one
and
the
self
same
,
and
so
in
the
like
manner
are
there
Diameters
.
Those
circles
and
Poles
are
termed
respective
,
because
that
in
every
place
where
any
variation
is
,
the
Magnetical
Needle
doth
respect
them
,
as
well
in
the
pro●erty
of
direction
,
as
of
that
of
declination
or
inclination
.
For
thus
also
very
well
it
may
be
termed
,
by
the
property
of
direction
,
and
I
do
mean
with
Doctor
Gilbert
,
the
Horizontical
motion
of
the
Magnetical
Needle
,
by
the
declination
or
inclination
.
I
mean
the
descending
(
and
as
it
were
)
the
sinking
motion
of
the
Needle
under
the
Horizon
,
in
his
proper
Azimuth
or
Magnetical
Meridian
;
but
if
there
be
no
variation
,
the
Needle
always
pointeth
to
the
true
Meridian
of
the
Earth
,
and
towards
the
Poles
thereof
,
in
both
those
properties
.
The
true
Poles
of
the
Earth
,
which
are
those
two
points
equally
distant
from
each
part
of
the
Equinoctial
of
the
Earth
,
are
always
the
self
same
.
The
respective
Poles
alter
with
every
Horizon
,
where
there
is
any
variation
,
but
never
out
of
the
forenamed
Almicanter
of
that
place
.
The
cause
of
the
differences
of
the
respective
Poles
and
Meridians
from
the
true
Poles
and
Meridians
,
and
so
of
all
Variations
,
are
only
two
;
the
chief
and
most
general
is
the
vastness
of
the
Ocean
Sea
,
by
moistness
whereof
the
Magnetical
collateral
force
of
so
much
Earth
as
it
covereth
,
is
much
hindered
and
dulled
.
And
by
what
means
the
next
great
continent
hath
more
power
over
the
correspondent
end
of
the
Magnetical
Needle
,
then
otherwise
it
would
have
if
all
were
alike
,
one
entire
continent
;
and
therefore
causeth
the
directive
property
of
the
Needle
somewhat
to
swarve
towards
that
way
,
which
is
that
which
we
call
variation
;
but
yet
the
vastness
of
the
Ocean
doth
not
hinder
the
declination
of
the
Magnetical
Needle
,
because
the
hanging
consisteth
but
in
length
and
bredth
,
and
not
in
the
depth
.
For
although
in
comparison
of
a
Pond
or
River
,
the
Sea
is
said
to
be
of
a
wonderful
depth
,
yet
if
this
depth
be
compared
with
a
Semidiameter
of
the
Earth
,
it
beareth
a
very
exceeding
small
proportion
,
nothing
at
all
to
hinder
the
mighty
magnetical
declinatory
force
of
the
whole
Earth
;
for
the
greatest
depth
that
ever
any
man
of
skill
esteemed
it
at
,
was
not
above
two
English
●iles
,
at
the
uttermost
,
when
as
daily
experience
maketh
it
manifest
,
that
a
great
continent
will
shew
his
Magnetical
collateral
force
,
by
causing
a
variation
,
above
200
miles
off
from
the
place
,
and
therefore
Doctor
Gilberts
fear
in
that
point
I
take
to
be
needless
,
supposing
a
variation
of
declination
.
The
second
cause
of
variation
is
any
great
mountainous
Region
,
Easterly
or
Westerly
from
you
,
it
will
cause
the
Needle
sometimes
to
swarve
that
way
.
But
variations
of
this
kind
are
but
of
small
co●tinuance
,
and
in
Sailing
subject
to
suddain
alteration
;
yea
many
times
quite
contrary
from
Westerly
to
Easterly
,
and
afterwards
back
again
within
short
space
,
as
our
first
Famous
Pilot
Stephen
Burrough
found
by
his
experience
in
his
discovery
of
the
Scythian
Sea
Coast
,
between
the
North
Cape
of
Finmarke
and
Vaygates
;
the
reason
whereof
ought
heedfully
to
be
regarded
,
which
is
that
the
Magnetical
force
of
the
whole
Earth
,
doth
(
as
in
all
Magnets
)
shew
it self
most
strongly
in
the
two
poles
thereof
,
and
in
the
places
which
are
under
them
:
but
always
it
must
be
remembred
that
all
the
force
they
have
must
issue
out
of
the
whole
Terrestial
body
,
as
it
doth
likewise
in
all
Magnets
out
of
the
body
of
the
Magnet
:
and
therefore
in
any
part
of
the
superficies
of
the
whole
Terrestial
body
.
It
is
impossible
that
any
variation
be
above
90
degrees
,
because
the
virtue
of
the
whole
can
never
be
overswayed
by
the
imperfection
of
a
part
,
and
especially
of
so
small
a
part
is
any
one
portion
of
the
Ocean
is
in
his
very
superficies
,
in
respect
of
the
body
of
the
whole
Earth
:
yea
I
am
verily
perswaded
,
that
there
never
was
nor
never
will
be
any
Variation
,
by
any
good
observation
found
to
be
so
much
as
90
,
neither
any
shew
of
so
great
variation
any
where
,
except
it
be
very
near
unto
either
of
the
poles
,
where
there
is
small
credit
to
be
given
to
the
observing
of
any
variation
:
for
the
variation
being
(
as
before
said
)
the
difference
of
the
pointing
of
the
Magnetical
Needle
in
the
Horizon
,
from
the
true
Meridian
,
for
as
much
as
in
places
near
the
pole
,
there
is
no
manner
of
certainty
of
either
of
these
,
it
is
not
possible
to
find
the
variation
if
there
be
any
.
The
reason
whereof
is
this
,
no
man
may
Travel
in
those
Seas
,
but
whilst
the
Sun
abideth
on
that
side
of
the
Aequatour
,
whereby
they
have
continual
day
,
and
by
that
means
are
secluded
from
any
help
of
the
Stars
;
neither
if
they
might
be
seen
,
would
they
bring
any
great
help
.
For
the
difference
of
height
in
many
hours
is
so
small
,
that
by
a
large
Instrument
a
diligent
observer
with
great
pains
will
hardly
find
the
Meridian
Line
,
all
the
Meridians
thereof
coming
so
near
one
to
another
,
and
meeting
in
the
Pole
,
and
their
Horizon
being
in
a
manner
parallel
to
the
Aequinoctial
.
As
for
the
Horizontical
Magnetical
Needle
,
to
shew
their
pointing
in
the
Horizon
as
they
were
wont
to
do
,
they
coming
into
the
Climate
may
say
Fuimus
Troes
.
Their
direction
is
as
it
were
giddy
and
uncertain
,
and
when
their
center
cometh
unto
the
pole
it self
,
it
is
quite
vanished
away
;
for
from
thence
all
the
points
of
the
Horizon
are
only
South
,
if
it
be
at
the
South
pole
,
and
North
from
the
South
,
and
therefore
in
that
place
the
Instrument
of
declination
is
far
more
sure
then
the
Horizontical
Compass
.
And
as
in
the
poles
themselves
there
is
no
direction
at
all
,
so
of
necessity
near
unto
them
it
must
be
a
very
confused
direction
.
Those
two
places
that
are
called
the
poles
,
have
no
strength
of
themselves
(
as
aforesaid
)
but
as
it
is
contributed
unto
them
of
the
whole
.
As
in
a
Magnet
,
if
you
break
off
a
piece
of
a
contrary
end
,
the
end
that
is
lest
will
be
according
to
that
proportion
diminished
in
his
strength
,
and
the
polar
piece
,
and
the
polar
piece
that
is
broke
off
(
be
it
never
so
little
)
will
have
two
poles
as
well
as
the
great
,
so
that
the
two
parts
will
have
four
poles
,
two
of
them
North
,
and
two
of
them
South
.
Put
this
little
piece
that
was
broken
off
in
his
place
again
,
and
then
each
piece
will
loose
one
of
his
poles
at
the
very
same
instant
,
and
the
whole
will
have
but
two
poles
,
the
one
North
and
the
other
South
,
as
at
the
first
.
Again
,
if
you
cut
off
of
one
side
a
piece
of
the
Load-stone
,
that
is
brought
into
a
round
of
an
Ovall
form
,
having
his
poles
marked
in
their
due
places
at
each
end
,
presently
both
ends
will
be
abridged
of
part
of
the
force
which
they
had
,
and
the
poles
themselves
will
be
removed
unto
the
other
side
,
from
the
places
that
were
marked
,
and
those
marks
will
stand
but
for
idle
ciphers
in
comparison
of
that
they
were
before
.
Again
,
take
a
Magnet
of
an
old
or
an
extended
Ovall
form
:
I
do
still
exemplify
in
these
,
because
they
are
of
all
others
,
as
I
have
often
admonished
,
for
all
Magnetical
proof
the
most
excellent
forms
,
and
set
marks
on
the
two
poles
,
take
a
fine
Needle
,
or
any
streight
small
Wyar
,
and
set
it
on
the
Equinoctial
(
mean
thereby
the
middle
,
between
the
two
ends
of
the
stone
)
then
will
it
point
directly
towards
each
pole
,
if
the
stone
be
sound
without
any
flaws
,
or
any
other
gross
substance
(
as
may
be
)
intermingled
with
it
:
and
if
you
thrust
this
Needle
towards
either
end
,
according
to
his
own
direction
,
he
will
trace
you
a
circle
right
over
both
of
these
marked
poles
,
which
is
the
true
Meridian
of
the
stone
.
But
if
this
stone
hath
on
either
of
the
sides
any
imperfection
,
when
the
Needle
cometh
to
the
edge
or
brink
thereof
,
it
will
swarve
somewhat
towards
the
sounder
side
,
and
will
point
to
neither
of
the
true
poles
.
And
if
a
circle
be
drawn
according
to
his
pointing
,
as
he
standeth
still
in
that
place
,
this
shall
be
a
respective
Meridian
of
that
stone
,
proper
unto
that
place
,
and
the
poles
.
The
respective
poles
differing
from
the
true
Meridian
of
the
stone
and
his
poles
.
Now
if
you
thrust
the
Needle
farther
towards
the
end
,
upon
the
brink
of
this
imperspection
,
it
will
not
point
(
as
before
)
but
either
further
off
,
or
nearer
to
the
true
poles
,
and
will
give
his
direction
for
a
new
respective
M●ridian
,
and
new
respective
poles
,
and
in
such
manner
infinitely
,
if
you
place
the
Needle
in
the
middle
of
this
imperfection
,
equally
distant
from
the
sound
parts
,
then
will
it
indeed
point
towards
the
end
of
the
stone
,
and
the
consequence
hereof
is
the
main
reason
,
and
that
towards
the
middest
of
the
Ocean
;
and
likewise
of
any
great
continent
there
is
no
variation
.
Thus
may
you
especially
in
a
round
Load-stone
(
as
in
a
lively
example
)
see
the
true
causes
of
all
the
variations
that
are
in
the
whole
World
,
reckoning
as
much
space
as
the
Ocean
covereth
,
to
be
some
imperfection
in
the
body
of
the
whole
,
in
respect
of
the
Horizontical
motion
of
the
Compass
.
For
the
evidence
of
the
truth
hereof
,
let
a
man
examine
generally
the
variations
of
the
most
expert
Navigators
(
although
by
reason
of
the
diversities
of
the
sets
of
their
Compasses
,
and
unfitness
and
unapt
handling
of
their
Instruments
,
they
seldom
times
agree
amongst
themselves
)
observed
in
the
Atlantick
Ocean
,
from
the
Aequatour
unto
the
parts
of
Norway
,
all
along
the
East
Coast
,
from
the
Meridian
of
the
Azores
,
so
as
far
North
,
as
hereunto
has
been
discovered
,
and
he
shall
find
the
ordinary
practice
to
testifie
the
truth
hereof
,
as
also
after
the
same
sort
from
the
Aequatour
Southward
,
unto
the
streights
of
Magellan
,
and
all
along
the
back
side
of
America
in
the
South
Sea
:
on
the
East
Coast
on
the
Cape
of
Bona
Speranza
,
and
he
shall
perceive
the
like
agreeement
,
but
in
Sailing
from
the
cap
of
Bona
Speranza
,
farther
farther
Eastward
that
sometimes
they
do
find
it
otherwise
,
the
cause
is
the
different
manner
of
the
situation
of
the
South
,
as
yet
undiscovered
continent
.
And
whereas
in
the
middest
of
the
Atlantick
Ocean
,
about
30
Leagues
West
from
the
Azores
,
they
find
no
variation
at
all
,
no
mervail
thereof
;
for
it
is
about
the
middle
distance
between
the
two
great
Continents
of
America
and
Ours
.
Wherefore
the
round
Load-stone
is
significantly
termed
by
Doctor
Gilbert
Terrella
,
that
is
,
a
little
,
or
rather
a
very
little
Earth
;
for
it
representeth
in
a
little
small
modell
(
as
it
were
)
the
admirable
properties
Magnetical
of
the
huge
Globe
of
the
Earth
;
herein
also
we
may
behold
the
reason
why
the
Magnetical
Needle
varieth
least
in
the
Aequinoctial
,
and
most
towards
the
pole
,
and
in
the
poles
themselves
giveth
no
direction
at
all
:
for
proof
hereof
,
take
a
Needle
and
place
it
on
the
Aequinoctial
of
the
stone
,
there
you
shall
see
stand
equally
ballanced
and
very
strongly
,
so
that
if
you
turn
him
from
the
direction
,
as
soon
as
you
let
him
go
,
he
will
presently
again
turn
to
it
.
The
reason
is
,
because
each
pole
doth
equally
strengthen
his
correspondent
end
of
the
Needle
.
Move
this
Needle
towards
either
of
the
poles
,
then
doth
the
nearer
pole
strengthen
his
end
of
the
Needle
;
but
the
farther
(
because
of
the
distance
)
cannot
do
the
like
unto
his
,
but
very
weakly
,
and
this
Needle
will
not
stand
any
more
equally
ballanced
(
as
it
did
in
the
Aequinoctial
)
but
that
end
next
to
the
pole
will
couch
down
,
and
the
other
will
rise
up
,
for
on
the
North
side
of
the
Aequatour
,
the
true
South
end
is
predominant
,
and
on
the
other
the
North
end
hath
the
Mastery
.
And
that
this
is
also
in
the
Earth
it self
,
all
our
late
Travellers
confirm
unto
us
by
their
daily
experience
,
and
all
the
very
Artizans
and
Needle-makers
must
needs
be
daily
witnesses
of
it
.
As
for
Example
,
let
any
Workman
in
our
Climate
make
a
Needle
for
a
Dyal
,
when
he
hath
fitted
it
and
placed
it
on
the
pin
,
that
it
may
stand
thereon
equally
ballanced
and
parallel
to
the
Horizon
,
touch
it
with
the
Load-stone
,
then
presently
that
which
pointeth
towards
the
North
will
hang
down
;
yea
(
although
you
touch
only
with
the
South
end
)
and
will
not
stand
as
before
,
the
touch
equally
ballanced
and
parallel
to
the
Horizon
:
except
that
you
cut
or
file
somewhat
from
that
end
that
hangeth
down
,
or
else
add
a
piece
of
Wax
or
some
other
thing
to
the
other
end
of
the
Needle
to
counterpose
it
,
and
make
it
stand
equidistant
as
it
did
at
the
first
setting
on
:
and
this
is
a
thing
very
certain
,
that
is
,
the
Northerly
descent
of
the
Needle
,
will
be
more
or
less
in
all
places
of
Northerly
Latitude
:
in
the
greater
Latitude
the
more
,
and
in
the
lesser
Latitude
the
lesser
.
But
if
any
Traveller
carry
this
Needle
beyond
the
Aequatour
in
the
like
Latitude
Southerly
,
that
end
which
is
downwards
in
the
Northerly
,
will
rise
Southerly
,
and
the
other
sink
down
even
as
much
:
and
the
nearer
you
Travel
towards
either
pole
,
the
more
that
end
which
pointeth
towards
the
pole
will
tend
downwards
:
this
is
most
certain
in
every
Dyal
Needle
,
but
a
great
deal
more
appeareth
in
a
long
one
then
in
a
short
one
;
we
cannot
find
that
the
property
of
direction
by
the
Magnetical
Needle
hath
been
unlargly
practiced
(
for
Sailing
)
above
300
years
.
And
as
for
the
property
of
declination
under
the
Horizon
,
thereby
to
shew
the
Latitude
by
the
Instrument
thereunto
belonging
,
it
is
as
yet
a
very
new
come
Guest
into
the
World
,
born
and
bred
with
us
in
England
,
and
except
it
had
been
in
exceeding
few
mens
hands
,
yet
much
used
,
much
less
come
unto
his
perfection
.
But
this
is
not
to
be
marvailed
at
because
it
is
not
above
60
years
old
;
neither
is
it
to
be
wondered
at
if
any
Critical
Fellows
do
contemn
and
deride
it
,
forasmuch
at
either
their
want
of
knowledge
,
or
of
patience
,
will
not
give
them
leave
truly
to
consider
of
it
.
But
what
Navigatour
,
or
rather
Nugatour
whatsoever
contemneth
it
,
shall
be
sure
to
repent
if
ever
he
comes
to
his
right
wits
to
consider
what
it
is
that
he
hath
contemned
.
And
although
the
Needles
for
direction
and
declination
do
differ
much
in
their
shapes
,
each
from
the
other
,
yet
the
properties
are
both
one
and
the
same
.
For
the
Needles
for
direction
do
decline
(
as
aforesaid
)
as
far
as
the
unfitness
of
their
form
and
place
will
permit
them
:
and
the
declining
Needle
will
not
work
,
but
only
in
his
Magnetical
Meridian
,
which
himself
will
find
out
,
if
you
turn
the
Instrument
about
,
untill
the
Needle
shew
his
least
declination
under
the
Horizon
,
and
there
do
play
up
and
down
,
and
stop
in
the
end
of
the
same
place
again
.
But
if
you
would
have
a
Needle
fitted
to
shew
both
his
properties
,
do
thus
,
cause
a
Needle
to
be
made
about
six
Inches
long
,
even
and
smooth
,
saving
that
he
must
be
a
little
bigger
in
the
middle
,
then
instead
of
an
Axis
(
which
declinatory
Needles
have
)
let
him
have
a
small
hole
drilled
precisely
in
the
middest
,
and
this
hole
being
very
small
,
let
it
be
somewhat
wider
outwards
on
each
side
then
in
the
middest
(
which
our
Workmen
call
Sinkboared
)
where
it
must
be
left
very
sharp
,
even
almost
as
the
edge
of
a
Knife
:
put
through
this
hole
a
small
Virginal
Lattin
Wyer
,
and
fit
the
Needle
so
that
it
hang
precisely
even
upon
this
Wyer
,
instead
of
an
Axletree
:
then
touch
him
with
the
Loadstone
,
and
you
shall
presently
see
the
end
that
should
point
towards
the
North
,
decline
or
bend
down
to
his
due
point
of
declination
,
if
it
be
placed
in
the
Magnetical
Meridian
,
and
set
a
little
piece
of
Wax
or
any
other
thing
upon
the
contrary
part
for
a
counterpoise
in
that
the
Needle
may
stand
parallel
with
the
Horizon
,
then
if
you
stand
at
right
angles
with
that
Virginal
Wyer
,
it
is
certainly
in
the
Magnetical
Meridian
,
so
that
hanging
in
this
counterpose
,
if
you
turn
about
the
Wyer
untill
the
Needle
do
make
right
Angles
with
it
,
then
doth
the
Needle
by
his
directive
virtue
point
unto
the
Magnetical
Meridian
Line
.
Take
off
the
counterpoise
,
then
it
sheweth
the
declination
;
so
that
one
and
the
self
same
Needle
in
the
same
place
only
,
by
taking
off
,
and
putting
on
a
little
piece
of
Wax
,
sheweth
plainly
both
those
properties
of
directions
and
declinations
,
and
in
like
manner
every
inclinatory
Needle
will
do
,
if
the
points
of
his
Axis
be
sharp
,
and
held
in
his
box
parallel
to
the
Horizon
,
he
will
shew
both
those
properties
of
direction
and
declination
:
a
fine
piece
of
Cork
or
Leather
,
or
any
Tough
substance
may
serve
this
Needle
for
a
counterpoise
in
all
Latitudes
by
thrusting
it
towards
the
center
in
the
less
Latitudes
,
and
towards
the
end
in
the
greater
,
and
I
think
it
not
impossible
,
but
that
a
skilful
Geometrician
may
so
graduate
the
one
half
of
such
a
Needle
,
that
it
alone
with
its
counterpoise
,
may
be
a
means
to
give
a
probable
conjecture
for
the
Latitude
of
any
place
whatsoever
.
It
will
be
very
convenient
in
the
next
place
to
make
a
discovery
of
the
Errours
committed
in
making
and
touching
Magnetical
Needles
and
Wyers
of
Sayling
Compasses
,
and
to
give
advise
for
the
true
and
right
making
and
touching
of
them
.
First
,
The
Wyers
that
are
commonly
made
both
with
us
,
and
in
forrain
Countries
,
are
of
so
base
and
drossie
Iron
,
not
apt
or
sufficient
to
receive
the
tenth
part
of
the
virtue
that
fine
steel
Wyer
could
do
.
Secondly
,
The
ends
of
the
Wyers
are
for
the
most
part
not
filed
smooth
nor
●itted
even
together
upon
the
Axis
of
the
file
;
by
means
whereof
the
touch
of
the
stone
is
more
dully
received
,
and
the
standing
of
the
file
more
uncertain
,
the
Magnetical
force
not
being
in
the
true
Axis
thereof
.
depiction of a needle for a magnet
Some
,
who
would
seem
to
be
of
great
skill
,
have
imagined
that
the
best
way
to
add
strength
to
a
Needle
,
is
with
a
Hammer
to
give
some
strokes
to
the
point
of
the
stone
,
thereby
causing
Litrages
(
as
it
were
)
or
Beard
,
to
hang
down
from
it
,
and
that
the
Needle
in
his
touching
,
taking
some
part
of
that
with
him
,
should
have
the
stronger
touch
.
But
they
that
so
suppose
deceive
themselves
therein
;
for
a
Beard
is
nothing
else
,
but
●he
fine
dust
of
the
stone
,
hanging
together
by
virtue
●hereof
:
which
being
seperated
from
the
stone
(
al●hough
it
were
a
right
good
one
)
is
not
able
any
whit
●t
all
to
turn
a
Needle
of
it self
.
The
tryal
is
soon
made
by
this
means
,
let
them
take
off
that
beard
from
the
stone
with
a
stick
,
and
lay
it
upon
the
end
of
a
Nee●le
not
touched
,
and
they
shall
find
in
it
no
force
at
all
,
●ay
it
is
hurtful
to
the
Needle
,
for
it
giveth
a
superflu●us
burthen
for
a
small
time
,
and
cannot
but
incumber
●is
action
,
by
reason
that
every
one
of
those
little
par●els
of
dust
(
though
beaten
out
at
one
end
)
hath
also
●or
its
small
quantity
both
a
North
and
a
South
virtue
.
And
therefore
marreth
as
much
as
it
maketh
at
either
●nd
of
the
Needle
.
The
proof
hereof
is
manifest
,
if
●ou
put
off
that
dust
or
beard
upon
a
paper
,
and
hold
a
●oad-stone
under
it
,
for
as
you
turn
towards
the
paper
●he
North
or
South
of
the
Stone
,
so
will
every
one
of
these
particles
in
like
manner
turn
it self
,
shewing
●hereby
a
double
nature
.
The
Compass
Needle
,
being
the
most
admirable
and
useful
Instrument
in
the
World
,
is
both
amongst
●urs
and
other
Nations
for
the
most
part
so
bungerly
●nd
absurdly
contrived
,
as
nothing
more
.
And
therefore
as
I
have
treated
of
the
nature
and
use
of
the
Magnet
,
I
have
thought
good
also
to
employ
my
best
endea●our
,
to
advance
this
noble
Instrument
towards
its
highest
perfection
,
being
the
principal
thing
by
which
the
worthy
effect
of
the
Magnet
is
made
most
profitable
unto
Mankind
,
herein
five
things
are
to
be
conside●ed
,
the
substance
that
it
is
made
of
,
the
form
,
the
weight
,
the
capitell
,
the
pin
it
standeth
upon
:
the
substance
in
any
wise
ought
to
be
pure
Steel
and
not
●ron
;
for
most
assuredly
Steel
will
take
at
the
least
ten
times
more
virtue
than
Iron
can
do
,
but
especially
if
it
hath
its
right
temper
.
And
that
is
this
,
heat
it
in
the
fire
untill
it
be
past
red
hot
,
that
it
be
whitish
hot
,
and
quench
it
in
cold
Water
suddenly
,
so
is
it
Brick
in
a
manner
or
Glass
it self
,
and
is
at
that
time
incapable
of
the
virtue
of
the
Load-stone
.
Then
must
you
,
laying
it
upon
a
plain
Table
,
warily
rub
with
fine
Sand
all
the
black
colour
from
it
,
if
before
you
put
into
the
fire
you
anoint
it
with
black
Soap
it
will
scale
white
it self
,
the●
heat
a
Bar
of
Iron
well
near
red
hot
,
and
holding
one
end
of
the
Needle
with
a
small
pair
of
Tongues
,
lay
the
other
end
upon
the
hot
Bar
,
and
presently
you
shall
see
that
end
turn
from
a
white
to
a
yellowish
,
and
afterwards
to
a
blewish
colour
,
then
take
that
end
with
your
Tongues
,
and
do
the
like
to
the
other
,
thrusting
it
forwards
upon
the
Bar
untill
the
colour
of
the
whole
Needle
become
blewish
;
then
throw
it
on
a
Table
,
and
let
it
cool
it self
;
and
so
is
he
of
the
excellent
temper
,
and
most
capable
to
receive
the
greatest
power
from
the
Load-stone
.
If
this
seem
too
curious
,
especially
for
some
fashions
of
Needles
,
then
use
but
the
Hammer
hardening
(
as
Workmen
call
it
)
which
is
well
near
as
good
.
As
concerning
the
form
,
divers
men
are
of
divers
minds
,
some
use
a
kind
of
a
square
one
,
others
a
Loop
(
I
mean
an
extended
Ovall
form
)
and
this
is
most
common
;
but
now
a
days
a
narrow
streight
plate
(
being
somewhat
broader
in
the
middle
)
is
in
great
request
:
of
these
I
hold
the
Loop
or
Ovall
form
(
if
it
be
well
made
)
to
be
the
best
,
which
is
,
that
if
it
be
Steel
,
his
ends
be
welded
together
,
having
a
Lattin
narrow
plate
,
issuing
from
the
capitell
unto
the
middle
of
the
two
sides
of
the
Loop
,
and
there
rivited
,
and
riviting
,
if
it
be
handsomely
shoulered
in
by
the
Workman
,
is
better
than
soadering
;
because
having
fitted
the
Lattin
plate
,
bearing
the
capitell
unto
the
Loop
,
you
may
first
put
your
Loop
into
his
temper
,
and
then
rivet
this
unto
him
afterwards
,
which
otherwise
would
be
spoiled
in
the
fire
,
and
the
wide
Loop
is
better
then
the
narrow
or
the
streight
plate
,
and
that
for
two
reasons
.
The
one
is
because
,
as
in
a
Magnet
it self
,
the
force
that
is
in
the
whole
body
,
sheweth
it self
most
strongly
in
his
two
Poles
,
even
so
,
this
being
a
Magnetical
Body
,
doth
the
like
in
his
ends
,
which
are
his
Poles
:
and
the
end
of
a
wide
compassed
Loop
,
(
being
longer
than
of
a
narrower
)
of
the
same
length
,
in
the
Axis
,
must
needs
contain
so
much
the
more
Vertue
;
The
other
reason
is
,
because
it
supposeth
the
Flie
in
his
Circular
Motion
,
more
equally
ballanced
then
the
other
:
and
therefore
were
it
not
for
some
other
Inconveniences
,
a
true
Circle
were
best
of
all
,
which
that
except
you
mark
the
two
places
,
that
you
would
have
for
the
North
and
South
,
very
curiously
,
you
shall
never
give
him
the
right
touch
;
yea
very
exceeding
hardly
,
although
that
you
do
mark
them
;
and
also
the
Lattine
Stay
,
that
holdeth
the
Capital
would
be
exceeding
long
,
and
a
superfluous
burden
;
but
the
best
form
of
all
(
as
I
take
it
)
in
all
respects
is
this
,
A
true
Circle
,
having
his
Axis
going
out
beyond
the
Circle
,
at
each
end
narrow
and
narrower
,
unto
a
reasonable
sharp
point
,
and
being
pure
Steel
as
the
Circle
it self
,
having
in
the
midst
,
a
convenient
Receptacle
to
place
the
Capital
fitly
in
.
This
Circle
must
have
four
very
small
holes
drilled
through
it
,
equally
distant
each
from
the
other
,
for
the
four
Cardinal
Points
;
and
in
both
the
two
Points
,
that
issue
without
the
Circle
,
being
for
North
and
South
,
of
equal
distance
between
the
Circle
and
the
end
of
the
Point
two
more
;
if
it
be
a
large
one
,
otherwise
one
is
enough
,
according
to
the
following
Figure
.
And
this
Needle
is
most
fit
to
be
used
for
the
Observation
of
the
Variation
without
any
Flie
,
as
I
will
hereafter
shew
.
base for compass
base
for
compass
Whensoever
you
will
set
this
Needle
unto
the
Flie
,
you
must
put
the
Capital
through
the
Center
of
the
Flie
very
precisely
,
and
placing
the
Points
of
the
Diameter
where
you
will
have
them
,
thrust
little
small
pins
through
the
upper
place
of
the
Flie
,
and
those
smal●
holes
in
the
Needle
,
the
heads
of
the
pins
will
shew
you
(
if
the
Flie
be
larger
then
your
Needle
)
at
wha●
Point
your
Needle
standeth
,
and
bowing
the
body
o●
your
pins
,
(
being
thrust
through
those
little
holes
)
close
to
the
Card
below
,
will
keep
it
steady
at
that
place
,
and
from
warping
also
.
And
so
four
pins
at
the
four
Cardinal
Points
will
serve
the
turn
.
Again
,
If
you
please
to
place
this
Needle
upon
the
upper
end
of
the
Card
according
to
Stevinius
thorough
the
Center
,
in
the
bottom
of
the
Flie
,
and
the
Needle
placed
and
fastened
on
the
top
,
or
upper
face
of
the
Card.
But
if
you
will
have
a
Magnetical
Needle
to
serve
only
for
one
size
of
a
Flie
,
the
best
way
is
,
instead
of
the
two
pins
in
the
end
of
the
Axis
,
to
have
a
couple
of
little
half
Staples
,
and
a
Flower-de-Luce
on
one
of
them
,
as
you
see
in
the
Loop
revitted
there
.
That
●in
turning
about
the
Needle
,
they
may
still
keep
the
Flie
close
unto
it
,
and
so
fasten
it
upon
a
Skrew
upon
the
Capital
,
wheresoever
you
please
.
As
for
his
weight
,
it
must
be
according
to
his
largeness
,
and
the
weight
is
one
principal
cause
,
the
very
large
Compasses
are
unprofitable
.
For
the
weight
of
the
weight
of
the
large
Card
,
and
the
heavy
Needle
,
pressing
upon
the
pin
,
will
cause
the
Motion
of
the
Flie
to
be
dull
and
uncertain
;
and
therefore
let
the
Pasteboard
be
no
heavier
then
you
must
needs
;
and
for
the
size
of
six
Inches
Diameter
of
your
Paste-board
,
and
a
Needle
of
that
length
.
I
know
that
a
Needle
of
half
an
Ounce
weight
,
and
half
a
quartern
at
the
uttermost
,
(
if
a
good
Workman
have
it
in
hand
)
will
be
fully
sufficient
of
what
Form
soever
.
The
Capital
ought
to
be
Lattin
,
and
Hammer-hardned
,
well
and
truly
boared
,
not
too
shallow
,
but
of
a
good
convenient
depth
and
wideness
at
the
bottom
,
fit●ing
the
pin
it
standeth
upon
at
the
top
.
The
Pin
ought
to
be
either
of
Lattin
or
Copper
,
and
not
of
Steel
or
Iron
,
as
some
suppose
,
for
they
are
very
subject
to
rust
;
and
the
Steel
,
especially
by
long
use
,
will
wear
a
little
hole
in
the
top
of
the
Capital
,
and
●y
that
means
the
Compass
becometh
dull
,
and
they
hardly
if
ever
will
find
the
reason
of
it
;
for
the
hole
will
be
very
small
;
and
entring
a
very
little
way
in
,
and
yet
disturbeth
all
.
Moreover
in
any
wise
there
must
be
always
an
especial
diligent
Care
had
of
fitness
between
the
Capital
and
the
Pin
,
otherwise
all
things
appertaining
to
the
Compass
are
nothing
worth
.
This
Pin
must
be
very
firmly
fixed
in
the
just
Center
of
the
Box
,
and
the
bottom
marked
,
that
whensoever
you
take
it
off
to
sharpen
the
Pin
(
which
use
will
make
blunt
)
you
may
set
him
in
the
same
place
again
.
As
I
have
said
,
that
in
a
Magnet
it self
,
the
Vertue
is
in
the
whole
body
,
and
sheweth
it self
most
forcible
in
its
Poles
;
even
so
likewise
our
Compass
Needle
,
being
a
Magnetical
body
,
sheweth
his
force
in
his
ends
,
which
are
his
Poles
,
although
that
force
doth
proceed
out
of
the
whole
body
of
the
Needle
;
which
I
have
now
thought
good
to
make
apparent
by
an
evident
Demonstration
:
I
caused
my
Workman
to
make
a
Needle
of
a
Loop
Fashion
,
eight
Inches
long
,
or
Oval
Form
,
in
all
respects
fitted
to
be
set
to
a
Flie
,
saving
that
there
was
but
one
Inch
or
a
little
more
at
each
end
of
the
Steel
,
all
the
intermediate
part
between
the
two
ends
being
of
Brass
:
These
two
ends
I
did
touch
with
the
North
and
South
ends
of
a
very
good
Magnet
:
and
whereas
in
a
true
Magnetical
Needle
,
I
should
have
had
but
two
points
,
the
one
North
,
and
the
other
South
,
this
Mongrel
yielded
me
six
,
the
two
ends
adjoyning
to
the
brass
of
contrary
natures
unto
the
sharp
Points
,
and
would
no
more
do
the
Office
of
a
Magnetical
Needle
then
a
wooden
stick
,
because
the
Vertue
was
not
in
the
whole
,
and
so
communicated
unto
the
two
ends
,
but
each
end
was
a
Total
of
himself
,
being
separated
,
and
as
it
were
divorced
,
the
one
from
all
communication
with
the
other
,
by
that
intermediate
brass
:
the
which
being
taken
away
,
and
the
two
Forks
joined
together
for
that
length
,
presently
he
became
one
perfect
true
Magnetical
Needle
,
and
the
Vertue
of
those
four
confused
Points
,
which
ere
while
was
lost
in
the
Forks
,
will
presently
be
found
in
the
two
sharp
ends
,
and
now
in
his
natural
Seats
.
Both
these
ends
of
Steel
were
fastened
to
the
Brass
,
and
then
that
Needle
had
no
Magnetical
Motion
;
but
being
taken
off
and
joyned
together
,
they
presently
(
without
any
further
touching
of
them
)
became
a
true
Magnetical
Needle
.
To
conclude
this
discourse
of
the
Compass
of
the
Needle
,
the
needle
that
is
still
working
upon
his
Pin
continually
,
will
keep
his
force
the
better
,
then
that
which
otherwise
laid
up
,
although
there
be
no
doubt
of
the
other
,
for
a
mans
whole
Age
,
or
longer
,
if
it
be
of
good
Mettal
,
and
kept
from
open
Air
and
Rust
,
but
especially
of
any
Load-stone
.
There
is
no
better
way
of
keeping
from
rust
,
then
by
varnishing
him
,
although
it
be
but
with
a
drop
or
two
of
Linsed-Oyl
alone
,
the
Needle
that
is
continually
upon
his
Pin
,
is
still
strengthened
by
the
Magnetical
power
of
the
Earth
,
setting
himself
always
towards
the
Poles
thereof
(
which
the
other
cannot
do
)
and
needeth
only
to
have
his
pin
sharpened
only
now
and
then
:
the
which
of
all
the
faults
incident
to
the
compass
,
is
most
easily
and
safely
amended
.
And
yet
if
it
be
not
very
well
looked
unto
,
it
disturbeth
all
the
operation
of
the
Compass
more
then
any
other
.
And
divers
wrong
themselves
in
being
too
busie
in
often
touching
their
Compas●es
,
the
fault
being
in
this
which
no
touching
can
amend
.
I
have
thought
good
to
conclude
this
short
Treatise
with
a
little
additament
to
the
ordinary
Sailing
Compass
,
fitting
him
thereby
to
be
answerable
to
the
several
here
prefixed
,
as
also
with
a
comparison
of
the
several
uses
of
the
Horizontical
and
Inclinatory
〈◊〉
let
the
glass
of
the
inner
box
of
the
Compass
be
of
good
thickness
and
strength
,
(
but
yet
clear
and
even
)
the●e
that
come
from
Venice
for
Looking
las●es
before
the
Soile
be
set
on
are
the
best
,
if
any
Man
may
have
them
large
enough
.
Let
this
Glass
be
very
well
fitted
unto
the
box
and
simmoned
underneath
upon
the
should'ring
of
that
beareth
up
the
Glass
,
with
a
mixture
of
Wax
,
Turpentine
,
Sallet-Oyl
and
Rosin
mingled
together
:
or
with
any
other
simmon
as
you
shall
think
good
;
above
upon
the
Glass
●et
there
be
a
Ring
of
thin
Pastboard
,
of
the
breadth
of
the
Should'ring
underneath
,
in
like
manner
simmoned
on
:
then
must
you
have
a
circle
of
Lattin
about
the
breadth
of
the
Pastboard
Ring
,
of
convenient
thickness
for
strength
,
which
must
be
divided
into
degrees
:
this
circle
must
have
a
plate
of
Lattin
,
of
half
an
Inch-broad
or
broader
,
according
to
the
largness
of
the
circle
for
strength
,
that
must
cross
over
the
middest
of
the
circle
,
cut
out
of
the
same
place
with
the
circle
,
or
else
soadered
with
Silver
soader
:
this
must
have
a
line
all
along
the
middest
of
it
,
and
a
little
loop
at
each
end
cut
through
the
two
ends
of
the
loops
being
precisely
in
that
line
.
Lastly
,
you
must
have
a
moveable
Ruler
with
two
long
folding
sights
,
of
about
the
Semidiameter
of
the
circle
in
the
breadth
above
half
an
Inch
:
the
one
of
them
must
have
a
flit
through
the
length
thereof
,
of
about
a
quarter
of
an
Inch
broad
,
as
you
shall
think
convenient
,
and
two
little
holes
,
the
one
in
the
top
,
and
the
other
in
the
bottom
,
just
in
the
middle
of
it
,
to
fasten
a
string
,
having
a
very
little
bead
to
slide
up
and
down
upon
it
.
And
this
sight
must
be
of
thicker
stuff
then
the
other
;
for
otherwise
because
of
that
which
is
cut
out
it
would
be
overpoised
by
the
other
,
and
so
the
box
would
swarve
towards
the
other
;
and
the
sights
must
each
of
them
have
a
little
notch
in
the
middest
of
the
top
of
them
:
this
Ruler
must
be
fastened
(
but
yet
so
that
he
may
turn
about
)
in
the
middle
of
the
cross
plate
most
precisely
in
the
center
of
the
circle
,
his
ends
cut
,
that
he
may
shew
the
Fiducial
Line
in
the
divisions
of
the
circle
,
the
other
sight
needeth
to
be
but
a
plain
plate
,
having
a
line
in
the
middle
,
from
the
top
to
the
bottom
,
being
the
very
same
in
substance
with
that
which
we
call
the
compass
of
variation
;
although
in
all
things
easier
performed
with
this
,
then
with
that
.
The
Compass
being
thus
fitted
,
place
the
circular
Needle
upon
his
pin
alone
,
without
any
flie
.
For
,
being
disburdened
of
the
Card
,
he
will
shew
his
virtue
the
more
strongly
,
and
being
of
the
right
form
,
he
will
ballance
himself
sufficiently
.
Place
the
circle
upon
the
Glass
and
Past-board
;
in
such
a
manner
that
you
may
turn
the
circle
round
about
,
very
close
and
even
,
within
the
brim
of
the
box
.
When
you
will
set
the
same
unto
the
Compass
,
turn
the
circle
about
,
untill
thorough
the
Loops
of
the
middle
stay
or
plate
,
you
see
the
Axis
of
the
Needle
right
under
the
Fiducial
Line
of
the
middle
stay
,
then
holding
the
circle
so
,
turn
the
moveable
Ruler
with
the
stringed
sight
towards
the
Sun
,
untill
the
shaddow
of
the
string
fall
upon
the
Fiducial
Line
of
the
moveable
Ruler
,
for
then
doth
the
end
of
the
Ruler
,
among
the
degrees
,
shew
the
true
place
or
azimath
of
the
Sun
from
the
Magnetical
Meridian
,
so
that
two
observations
necessarily
arise
from
hence
,
the
one
in
the
Forenoon
,
the
other
in
the
Afternoon
,
thus
made
,
with
the
several
heights
of
the
Sun
,
being
one
and
the
very
same
,
half
the
differances
of
those
places
of
the
Sun
,
from
the
Magnetical
Needle
is
the
variation
.
If
a
man
have
no
exact
Instrument
to
take
the
height
of
the
Sun
,
he
may
make
some
reasonable
shift
,
by
setting
the
middle
bead
towards
the
top
of
the
string
,
that
it
may
in
the
Forenoon
cast
a
shaddow
upon
the
Fiducial
Line
of
the
Ruler
;
and
marking
that
place
with
Ink
or
Black-Lead
,
in
the
Afternoon
attend
,
untill
the
shaddow
of
the
bead
(
the
bead
remaining
still
where
it
was
full
upon
the
place
)
for
then
shall
you
have
that
same
height
,
if
you
will
take
the
amplitude
of
the
Suns
rising
or
setting
,
set
the
circle
,
and
turn
the
Ruler
as
before
,
untill
the
shaddow
of
the
string
do
fall
upon
the
middle
Line
of
the
other
sight
.
Then
doth
the
end
of
the
Ruler
shew
how
far
the
Sun
riseth
or
setteth
from
the
Magnetical
Meridian
.
When
you
will
take
the
Amplititude
of
the
rising
or
setting
of
any
Star
,
you
must
use
the
help
of
another
,
to
hold
the
circle
over
the
Needle
(
as
before
)
and
so
you
turning
of
the
Ruler
,
untill
you
see
the
Star
in
his
rising
or
setting
,
through
the
two
notches
on
the
tops
of
the
sights
,
then
doth
the
end
of
the
Ruler
shew
your
desire
.
The
like
is
to
be
done
in
observing
any
cap
,
or
the
tendings
of
any
Land
for
the
description
of
any
Coast
.
The
Horizontical
and
Inclinatory
motions
of
Magnetical
Needles
are
both
of
them
but
one
and
the
same
effect
of
the
Magnet
or
Load-stone
,
the
making
of
the
Horizontical
or
Dial-Needle
,
it
is
amongst
our
Artificers
very
well
known
and
trivial
,
only
they
are
to
be
put
in
mind
that
they
do
always
make
them
of
pure
Steel
and
not
of
Iron
.
But
as
for
the
making
of
Inclinatory
Needles
,
it
is
a
very
curious
piece
of
work
:
it
must
be
of
pure
Steel
,
and
in
his
right
temper
,
the
Needle
and
Axis
must
be
as
right
Angles
the
one
with
the
other
,
and
must
be
so
hanged
on
the
two
ends
of
his
Axis
,
that
he
be
very
pliant
for
his
motion
,
and
that
before
(
he
have
his
touch
)
he
be
so
equally
ballanced
,
that
the
one
end
be
not
one
jot
heavier
then
the
other
,
for
if
it
be
,
all
the
rest
is
in
vain
.
When
you
will
use
the
inclinatory
Instrument
,
thus
you
must
do
,
hanging
by
his
little
Ring
,
turn
him
about
untill
he
make
his
least
declination
(
or
inclination
)
under
the
Horizon
of
the
Instrument
:
for
then
is
he
just
in
his
Magnetical
Meridian
,
and
there
sheweth
his
due
point
,
the
which
otherwise
he
can
never
do
.
But
here
I
must
forewarn
you
of
two
great
errours
published
in
the
contriving
of
this
Noble
Instrument
.
The
one
is
,
that
he
would
have
a
little
box
with
a
Horizontical
Needle
fastened
unto
the
bottom
of
the
Inclinatory
Instrument
:
for
to
direct
the
Instrument
unto
the
Magnetical
Meridian
;
and
by
his
picture
of
the
Instrument
his
distance
should
be
but
a
little
more
then
an
Inch
,
whereby
it
is
impossible
but
that
the
one
Needle
must
needs
disturb
the
other
,
so
that
neither
of
them
can
shew
a
right
,
yea
,
although
they
were
six
Inches
assunder
and
more
,
where
the
little
box
will
give
little
direction
for
that
purpose
:
and
besides
that
,
it
is
altogether
unnecessary
,
because
the
Instrument
will
find
the
Magnetical
Meridian
,
by
the
least
declination
of
the
Needle
(
as
is
before
shewed
)
under
the
Horizon
,
without
the
help
of
any
other
.
The
other
errour
is
this
,
that
he
would
have
that
end
of
the
Needle
prepared
to
hang
towards
the
North
,
to
be
framed
somewhat
higher
then
the
other
,
as
it
is
usual
in
Horozontical
needles
;
what
Workman
soever
observeth
this
Direction
,
I
will
assure
him
,
that
he
shall
loose
his
labour
,
and
as
soon
may
he
wash
a
Blackamore
white
,
as
to
make
such
a
needle
as
that
turn
.
The
reason
is
,
because
it
is
only
the
Magnetical
Vertue
that
worketh
this
effect
,
the
which
over-weight
,
in
the
either
end
of
the
needle
(
in
this
Motion
)
doth
utterly
overthrow
.
For
Horozontical
needles
in
our
Northern
Climates
,
it
is
necessary
;
but
for
inclinatory
needles
,
it
is
utterly
untrue
in
all
Climates
of
the
whole
World
wheresoever
.
The
Motion
of
the
Horozontical
needle
,
is
naturally
stronger
then
the
Inclinatory
,
for
two
causes
,
the
one
is
,
because
his
Motion
is
only
side-ways
,
the
which
is
the
easier
for
the
Magneaical
Motion
to
work
in
,
then
that
which
is
up
and
down
,
and
there
is
no
difference
which
way
you
place
the
Box
wherein
he
standeth
,
so
that
it
be
parallel
to
the
Horizon
;
whereas
the
Inclinatory
Motion
is
in
a
Vertical
Circle
up
and
down
,
and
must
stand
only
in
his
Magnetical
Meridian
to
perform
his
Office
.
The
other
cause
,
is
because
of
the
Diversity
of
their
placing
in
their
Boxes
;
for
the
Horizontical
needle
standeth
more
fitter
for
his
Motion
,
being
placed
with
his
Capital
upon
the
point
of
a
sharp
Pin
,
than
the
Inclinatory
can
do
,
being
placed
upon
the
two
ends
of
his
Axis
,
although
never
so
near
the
Points
:
But
yet
he
will
do
very
well
if
he
be
rightly
fitted
?
and
for
Navigation
under
either
Pole
(
if
there
be
any
passage
that
way
)
it
is
the
only
Instrument
of
the
World
,
for
where
the
Horozontical
needle
(
or
Compass
)
faileth
,
he
is
strongest
,
for
the
nearer
the
Pole
,
the
stronger
he
is
in
his
●otion
;
contrariwise
,
it
is
with
the
Horozontical
needle
or
compass
,
for
he
is
strongest
at
the
Equinoctial
,
and
of
no
force
under
the
Pole
.
The
reason
whereof
is
this
,
under
the
Equinoctial
the
Horozontical
needle
standeth
parallel
unto
the
Axis
of
the
Earth
,
and
is
equally
strengthened
for
his
Motion
with
the
two
Poles
of
the
Earth
;
but
under
the
Poles
,
he
standeth
cross-wise
at
right
Angles
with
the
Axis
,
his
Center
representing
the
very
Pole
of
the
Earth
it self
;
so
that
the
Equinoctial
,
and
the
Horizon
being
there
all
one
,
if
the
needle
should
have
any
Horozontical
Motion
there
,
it
must
needs
be
an
East
or
West
Motion
parallel
unto
the
Equinoctial
,
directly
contrary
to
Nature
,
and
to
all
Magnetical
Doctrine
.
Yet
at
the
Pole
the
Inclinatory
needle
is
at
his
chiefest
strength
,
framing
himself
to
be
in
the
same
direct
Line
with
the
Axis
of
the
Earth
it self
:
so
that
the
Vicinity
of
the
nearest
Pole
of
the
Earth
,
holdeth
his
convenient
end
of
the
needle
most
strongly
,
being
nothing
at
all
hindered
by
the
adverse
Pole
,
to
affect
the
upper
(
or
other
)
end
of
the
needle
:
The
which
all
other
Scituations
either
more
or
less
it
doth
,
and
especially
under
the
Equinoctial
,
where
each
Pole
affecting
his
convenient
end
of
the
Inclinatory
needle
,
it
must
stand
very
untowardly
and
unsteadily
for
that
Motion
;
although
most
strongly
for
the
Horizontical
if
you
place
him
accordingly
.
Where
hence
it
followeth
,
that
near
the
Equinoctial
Large
Compasses
,
and
small
Inclinatories
are
fittest
;
and
near
the
Poles
large
Inclinatories
,
and
small
Compasses
are
best
,
for
look
unto
what
Motion
the
Magnetical
force
is
weakest
,
the
smaller
Instrument
ought
to
be
applyed
.
And
moreover
,
forasmuch
as
the
Magnetical
Revolution
of
the
Inclinatory
needle
,
about
the
Globe
of
the
Earth
maketh
his
Motion
for
the
difference
of
every
alteration
of
Latitude
to
the
Equinoctial
,
far
more
large
and
easier
to
be
discerned
,
then
it
can
be
near
the
Poles
;
therefore
(
as
we
have
said
)
a
less
Instrument
will
serve
the
turn
there
:
and
because
that
near
the
Pole
,
his
Motion
for
differences
of
Latitudes
are
exceeding
small
,
and
hard
to
be
discerned
:
Therefore
very
large
Instruments
Inclinatory
are
there
to
be
used
,
especially
because
the
Magnetical
strength
of
the
the
Needle
for
that
Motion
,
is
there
so
strong
and
steady
,
that
it
maketh
some
Recompence
for
the
slowness
of
his
moving
;
and
therefore
I
suppose
that
three
in
Diameter
,
will
serve
near
the
Equinoctial
,
and
fifteen
near
the
Pole
.
And
because
this
great
one
may
be
the
less
cumbersome
,
you
may
cut
off
the
Circle
at
forty
and
five
Degrees
of
each
side
of
the
Zenith
and
Nadir
of
the
Instruments
,
and
yet
leave
the
needle
scope
enough
,
for
all
the
Latitudes
between
sixty
Degrees
and
the
Pole
;
and
for
the
steady
standing
of
the
Inclinatory
Instrument
at
Sea
,
you
may
do
thus
;
about
the
middle
of
the
Instrument
(
or
rather
somewhat
above
the
middle
)
let
there
be
two
round
Pins
of
Brass
,
about
three
quarters
of
an
Inch
long
,
issue
out
;
and
in
a
Box
of
a
sayling
Compass
,
the
miner
Circle
being
taken
away
,
make
of
each
side
two
half
round
notches
in
the
outer
Circle
,
and
place
the
Instrument
upon
those
two
Pins
,
the
which
must
have
towards
their
ends
,
little
Circles
cut
in
;
that
they
slip
not
out
of
their
rings
that
they
are
placed
in
;
then
will
this
Instrument
stand
as
steady
even
at
Sea
,
as
the
sayling
Compass
will
do
;
for
the
Motion
of
the
miner
Circle
is
performed
by
the
turning
of
those
two
Pius
in
their
notches
,
and
the
outer
Circle
is
common
unto
them
both
,
always
remembring
that
you
hang
some
pretty
weight
on
the
bottom
of
the
Instrument
,
to
make
his
Motion
more
certain
:
If
the
shadowing
of
the
box
hinder
your
sight
from
discerning
of
the
Point
that
the
needle
standeth
at
,
it
is
soon
helped
with
the
light
of
a
little
wax
Candle
put
down
unto
it
;
and
yet
this
you
ought
to
understand
as
aforesaid
,
that
the
Horozontical
and
Inclinatory
Motions
are
but
one
and
the
self
same
Effect
of
the
touch
of
the
Load-stone
,
and
one
and
the
self
same
needle
will
very
well
perform
both
Motions
;
namely
,
the
Inclinatory
needle
,
not
the
Horizontical
,
because
his
placing
upon
the
Pin
maketh
him
very
unfit
for
the
Inclinatory
Motion
.
But
the
Inclinatory
needle
resting
with
one
point
of
his
Axis
(
the
points
of
his
Axis
being
very
sharp
)
in
his
little
hole
,
his
box
being
placed
parallel
to
the
Horizon
,
will
perform
the
Horizontical
Motion
very
well
.
For
being
placed
with
the
sharp
point
of
the
Axis
in
that
hole
,
it
is
all
one
in
effect
,
as
the
Horizontical
is
with
his
Capital
on
the
sharp
point
of
his
Pin
,
but
that
the
one
is
upward
,
and
the
other
downward
,
and
yet
either
of
them
being
as
fit
for
that
Motion
,
as
the
other
.
Herein
now
appeareth
the
wonderful
Wisdom
of
our
God
,
in
limiting
his
Times
and
Seasons
,
for
the
Revealing
of
these
wonderful
Properties
for
the
use
of
Men
,
in
the
poor
stone
of
the
Magnes
;
namely
,
that
(
as
some
will
have
it
)
above
3000
years
after
that
it
was
known
and
wondred
at
in
the
World
,
for
lifting
up
Iron
;
(
for
it
was
said
to
be
,
I
know
not
upon
what
account
,
esteemed
as
an
Antiquity
in
Plato's
time
)
the
use
of
the
Horizontical
needle
was
not
known
in
common
use
,
much
above
200
years
since
;
and
very
few
years
after
,
(
yea
scarcely
till
of
late
)
the
Inclinatory
hath
been
in
any
common
use
:
And
who
is
there
that
can
behold
and
consider
both
these
uses
,
viz.
both
to
shew
the
Quarters
of
the
World
(
as
East
,
West
,
North
and
South
,
&c.
)
And
also
the
Latitude
of
place
;
to
know
both
these
in
any
place
of
the
World
,
be
the
Heavens
never
so
much
over-cast
with
Clouds
;
who
is
he
I
say
,
that
can
behold
these
two
admirable
and
precious
uses
performed
,
even
with
the
turning
of
an
hand
;
the
which
,
neither
the
Grecian
Philosophers
,
nor
the
fine-witted
Romans
,
nor
the
Persian
Magi
,
nor
the
Indian
Cymnosophists
,
could
find
out
with
all
their
skill
and
cunning
,
but
he
must
needs
say
with
that
Kingly
Prophet
,
O
Lord
,
our
Lord
,
How
great
is
thy
Name
through
all
the
Earth
?
Who
hath
set
thy
Glory
above
the
Heavens
?
He
hath
made
of
one
blood
all
Nations
of
men
to
dwell
on
the
face
of
the
Earth
,
and
hath
determined
the
times
before
appointed
,
and
the
bound
of
their
habitation
that
they
should
seek
to
him
.
If
any
shall
have
a
mind
to
quarrel
or
write
against
that
which
I
have
so
long
studyed
,
and
spent
my
time
in
;
chiefly
to
comfort
my
Mind
,
and
to
be
refreshed
in
the
Light
of
Truth
,
which
is
the
food
of
the
Soul
,
mixed
with
incredible
Delight
:
I
shall
desire
that
they
will
deal
so
fairly
with
me
,
as
not
out
of
their
fond
Curiosity
to
nibble
upon
the
Twigs
and
utmost
Branches
;
but
let
them
do
their
worst
strike
at
the
Root
or
Body
of
the
Tree
,
or
at
least-wise
some
of
the
principal
Limbs
thereof
:
In
the
mean
space
,
I
have
no
more
to
say
but
this
;
Whosoever
thou
art
that
readest
this
Discourse
,
where
thou
art
assured
,
go
on
with
me
;
where
thou
art
in
doubt
,
search
with
me
;
where
thou
dost
acknowledge
thy
Error
,
recall
me
.
Some
per
chance
will
conceive
,
that
in
writing
such
secrets
and
wonderful
Subjects
,
something
may
be
amiss
,
some
things
may
seem
superstuous
or
impertinent
,
although
the
dreadfullest
Cynick
or
Crittick
of
them
all
,
cannot
call
them
unprofitable
or
unpleasant
:
The
pains
is
mine
,
and
if
it
be
over
done
,
done
I
am
sure
it
is
;
If
I
have
(
in
some
mens
Opinions
)
said
more
than
enough
,
the
wiser
and
experter
sort
of
men
will
think
that
there
is
but
enough
said
to
serve
the
turn
.
The
Resolver
of
Curiosities
,
a
no
less
admirable
then
profitable
Discourse
of
Local
,
as
also
of
the
Swift
Motion
of
the
Art
of
Navigation
,
of
the
due
proportion
to
be
Observed
in
Building
of
Ships
,
of
the
Artificial
Inventions
of
several
Engins
;
with
a
perfect
discovery
of
other
admirable
Mathematical
Secrets
.
AFTER
the
Art
of
Navigation
was
found
,
every
man
began
to
challenge
to
himself
the
Dominion
of
the
Sea
,
and
to
make
War
as
on
the
Land
.
Minos
(
as
Strabo
writes
)
first
found
out
the
Art
of
Navigation
,
and
was
thereof
(
as
writeth
Diodorus
Siculus
)
appointed
by
Saturnus
to
be
Admiral
of
the
Navy
:
and
therefore
the
posterity
afterwards
ascribed
to
him
the
government
of
the
Sea
,
and
named
him
the
God
thereof
.
But
most
bestow
this
honour
upon
Neptune
.
After
whom
the
Cretenses
were
ever
esteemed
most
expert
in
this
Art
.
But
(
as
Pliny
writes
)
Boats
were
first
Invented
,
and
in
them
was
the
first
Sayling
in
the
Islands
of
the
Red-Sea
,
under
King
Erythra
.
As
also
Quintilian
witnesseth
,
saying
,
If
none
had
proceeded
further
then
our
Predecessors
,
we
had
nothing
in
the
Poets
above
Andronicus
,
and
nothing
in
the
Histories
above
some
peculier
Chronicles
of
the
Ancients
,
and
we
had
yet
have
Sayled
in
Troughes
or
in
Beats
.
Others
have
ascribed
this
Invention
to
divers
of
other
Nations
and
Persons
:
as
to
the
Troians
and
Myssans
in
Hellespo●
:
some
write
that
the
Ancient
Brittains
made
Boats
of
Leather
or
Hydes
,
and
sayled
with
them
in
the
Ocean
.
Pliny
writes
that
Danus
was
the
first
that
brought
a
Ship
into
Aegypt
out
of
Greece
.
Some
also
give
this
honour
to
Mineru●
.
But
most
rightfully
,
the
Invention
both
of
the
Ship
and
the
Art
of
Navigation
,
is
ascribed
to
Noah
,
who
(
as
writeth
Eusebius
)
was
long
before
Neptune
or
Danus
.
For
doubtless
(
saith
he
)
the
Ark
of
Noah
was
none
other
then
a
Ship
,
and
the
first
and
only
exemplar
of
the
building
of
all
other
Ships
or
Vessels
of
Sayling
.
Aso
the
most
Ancient
writer
Berosus
the
Chaldean
(
as
writeth
Josephus
)
calleth
the
Ark
of
Noah
a
Ship
.
The
same
Josephus
also
saith
,
that
the
Nephews
of
Noah
,
departing
to
Inhabit
divers
parts
of
the
World
,
used
many
Ships
,
&c.
Long
after
Noah
the
Tyrians
were
counted
expert
in
the
Art
of
Navigation
:
and
after
them
,
divers
other
Nations
.
For
whereas
no
Art
is
so
perfect
,
but
may
receive
increase
,
therefore
it
follows
that
this
Art
hath
been
greatly
augmented
and
brought
to
further
perfection
by
the
witty
Inventions
of
Posterity
,
even
unto
our
Age.
And
amongst
all
other
curious
Inventions
pertaining
to
Ships
,
the
Marriners
Compass
is
most
admirable
.
Some
notwithstanding
have
been
found
,
who
have
thought
this
Invention
Ancient
.
Levinus
Lemnius
in
his
Third
Book
and
fourth
Chapter
de
occultis
Naturae
Miraculis
seems
to
doubt
of
it
.
An
hoc
Instrumentum
Nauticum
Miraculis
superioribus
seculis
extitit
,
an
nostro
id
aevo
excogitatum
:
whether
this
Instrument
of
Navigation
were
in
being
in
former
Ages
,
or
found
out
in
later
times
,
I
cannot
certainly
define
.
Now
that
which
chiefly
causeth
them
to
make
a
doubt
thereof
,
is
those
words
of
Plautus
,
Hic
ventus
nunc
secundus
est
,
cape
modo
versoriam
:
where
,
by
Versoriam
,
Lemnius
would
have
us
to
understand
the
Marriners
Compass
,
and
then
adds
,
quanquam
ut
Opinor
hoc
pixidicula
nostro
jam
tempore
mages
exculta
sit
,
Elimata
,
Expolita
,
omni●que
exactius
demonstret
,
as
in
the
same
Chapter
he
speaks
of
Printing
.
But
for
Plantus
I
dare
say
he
was
never
guilty
of
such
a
meaning
:
Turnebus
by
Versoriam
understanding
the
Rope
with
the
Sayl
,
others
the
Rudder
,
with
which
the
Ship
is
turned
:
neither
of
which
are
impertinent
or
improbable
,
so
as
there
is
no
necessity
of
applying
it
to
the
Mrriners
Compass
.
Stephen
Pasquier
in
his
4th
Book
and
23th
Chapter
of
his
Recherches
of
France
brings
it
up
as
high
as
the
times
of
St.
Lewis
by
the
Verses
of
one
Hugh
de
Bercy
,
who
lived
in
his
Reign
,
and
as
he
pretends
plainly
describes
it
;
but
whether
the
words
are
so
plain
as
he
makes
them
,
or
whether
they
were
published
by
some
other
since
Bercy
,
but
in
his
Name
,
is
very
uncertain
,
especially
since
no
Poet
or
Historiographer
contemporary
with
him
,
or
more
Ancient
then
he
,
are
found
to
make
mention
thereof
;
and
yet
Lewis
dyed
not
much
above
300
years
since
.
Pineda
the
Spaniard
in
his
Lib.
4th
de
rebus
Solomonis
for
the
more
commodious
placing
of
Tharshes
in
Spain
,
is
confident
that
it
was
in
Solomons
time
,
making
his
universal
wisdom
and
deep
insight
into
the
nature
of
all
things
,
the
principal
ground
of
his
opinion
:
But
Solomons
wisdom
though
it
were
universal
and
deep
,
beyond
all
the
Children
of
the
East
,
insomuch
,
as
God
gave
him
Latitudinem
cordis
,
a
large
Heart
,
as
the
Sand
on
the
Sea
shore
,
yet
was
it
finite
and
limited
as
well
in
things
natural
as
supernatural
.
I
doubt
not
but
Adam
in
the
State
of
his
Integrity
knew
more
then
Solomon
,
and
yet
I
dare
not
pronounce
him
Omniscious
,
that
being
an
attribute
(
as
is
likewise
Omnipotencie
,
Ubiquity
,
and
Eternity
)
individually
proper
to
the
Godhead
,
and
incommunicable
to
any
created
substance
,
though
mearly
incorporeal
,
whether
they
be
the
damned
or
the
blessed
Spirits
.
If
then
the
Holy
Angles
,
if
Adam
in
Paradise
knew
not
all
things
;
nay
,
if
the
Son
of
God
himself
,
as
he
was
Man
,
confesseth
himself
to
be
Ignorant
of
some
things
,
why
should
we
then
think
it
strange
to
affirm
,
that
Solomon
knew
not
all
things
.
If
there
be
such
a
secret
as
the
Artificial
Transmutation
of
other
Mettals
into
Gold
,
(
which
by
the
experiments
of
many
is
confidently
avouched
)
it
is
more
then
probable
that
he
was
Ignorant
of
it
;
for
had
he
knew
it
,
he
needed
not
to
have
sent
his
Navy
to
Ophir
or
Tharshis
for
Gold
;
as
likewise
had
he
known
the
secret
of
the
Loadstone
,
his
Navy
needed
not
to
have
spent
three
years
in
going
and
coming
,
neither
should
his
Marriners
have
needed
to
have
craved
the
assistance
of
the
Tyrians
and
Sydonians
,
as
Pilots
for
the
better
conducting
of
them
in
their
Voyage
.
I
conclude
then
that
either
Solomon
knew
not
this
secret
,
or
if
he
knew
it
he
put
it
not
into
practice
,
or
if
he
put
it
in
practice
,
it
was
since
lost
and
recovered
again
,
which
to
me
seemeth
the
strangest
of
all
.
Now
to
the
Authority
of
these
three
,
who
plead
for
the
Antiquity
of
this
Invention
,
may
be
opposed
thirteen
,
and
those
in
Learning
nothing
inferious
,
maintaining
it
to
have
been
an
Invention
of
latter
Ages
,
unknown
to
the
Ancients
,
as
Acosta
,
Mariana
,
Maluenda
,
Gomara
,
Turnebus
,
Pancirollus
,
Salmuth
,
Lillius
,
Giraldus
,
Cardan
,
Bozius
,
Bodin
,
Ramus
.
And
to
these
might
be
added
many
more
,
were
I
ambitious
in
mustering
up
of
Names
,
or
did
the
cause
require
it
.
For
questionless
this
our
Age
may
not
only
seem
to
contend
with
the
Ancients
,
but
also
for
many
goodly
Inventions
of
Art
and
Wit
,
do
far
exceed
them
,
not
to
speak
of
all
the
marvelous
Inventions
of
our
times
(
as
we
have
already
discoursed
of
the
Marriners
Compass
)
much
also
might
be
said
of
the
invention
of
Printing
,
and
making
of
Guns
,
Fire-works
,
and
of
sundry
Artificial
Fires
,
of
such
marvelous
force
that
Mountains
of
most
hard
Rocks
and
Stones
are
not
able
to
resist
their
violence
,
that
neither
the
Spirit
of
Demogorgon
,
or
the
Thunderbolt
of
Infernal
Pluto
can
do
the
like
.
What
should
I
here
speak
of
the
wonderful
Inventions
of
Fattalio
in
his
Book
de
Arte
Majori
:
or
of
any
other
whereof
Vanucius
Peringocius
writheth
in
his
Book
Intituled
Pyrotechnie
.
As
touching
which
terrible
inventions
,
and
the
like
,
although
men
are
of
Opinion
that
they
were
Invented
by
the
Instigation
of
the
Devil
,
for
the
destruction
of
Mankind
:
yet
others
weiging
the
matter
more
indifferently
,
think
that
the
Invention
of
Guns
hath
been
the
occasion
of
the
saving
of
many
mens
Lives
,
because
before
the
Invention
and
Use
of
them
,
men
were
wont
to
lye
a
long
time
a
battering
of
Walls
,
Towns
,
Castles
,
but
in
short
time
it
comes
to
hand
,
stroakes
,
with
which
the
Aries
,
Onagri
,
Catwpulta
,
or
Balistae
,
Engines
of
the
Ancients
)
which
I
know
not
very
well
how
to
English
,
they
being
grown
for
the
most
part
out
of
use
)
are
no
way
comparable
,
nec
ulla
ex
parte
,
huic
conferendus
est
antiquus
Aries
,
veres
inferiores
habebat
,
et
difficilus
ad
muros
adigebat
,
saith
Patricius
,
the
Ram
anciently
for
Batterie
,
is
in
no
sort
to
be
compared
with
this
Engin
,
it
hath
less
strength
,
and
more
difficulty
there
was
in
bringing
it
,
and
applying
of
it
to
the
Walls
:
And
Bodin
in
the
like
purpose
,
(
though
herein
perhaps
he
jump
not
with
Lipseus
in
his
Poliorcetica
)
omitto
Catapulta
Veterum
et
antiqua
belli
termenta
,
quae
si
cum
nostris
conferantur
sanc
pueritia
quaedam
Ludricra
videri
possint
:
I
pas
over
the
Engines
of
the
Ancients
,
which
being
compared
with
ours
,
are
rather
Childish
toys
then
Instruments
for
War
.
And
Lipsius
himself
calls
it
,
Geniorum
,
non
hominum
inventum
,
an
Invention
of
Spirits
and
not
of
Men.
Such
is
the
force
(
as
we
have
in
part
said
)
of
these
Modern
Engines
,
that
they
not
only
destroy
Men
,
but
cast
down
Walls
,
Rampiers
,
Towers
,
Castles
,
Cities
,
and
shake
the
Tallest
Ships
into
shivers
,
there
being
nothing
that
comes
within
their
reach
that
can
stand
them
.
It
was
a
piece
almost
of
Incredible
bigness
,
which
by
Mahomets
command
was
imployed
against
Constantinople
,
ad
quem
trahendum
adhibantur
septuaginta
juga
boum
,
et
his
mille
viri
,
as
witnesseth
Chalcondilus
in
his
Eighth
Book
de
Relus
Turcicis
,
for
the
drawing
of
which
were
imployed
seventy
Yoake
of
Oxen
,
and
two
Thousand
Men.
It
is
true
there
is
nothing
more
mischievous
to
Besieged
Cities
,
and
so
there
is
nothing
that
helps
them
more
for
the
chasing
away
of
the
Beseigers
;
it
being
so
for
the
most
part
in
all
things
,
which
either
the
Art
or
Wit
of
man
,
or
God
and
Nature
hath
framed
,
that
the
more
helpful
they
are
being
well
used
,
the
more
hurtful
are
they
being
abused
:
then
Fire
and
Water
there
are
no
things
more
commodious
to
the
Life
of
Man
,
yet
is
the
Proverb
true
,
that
when
they
are
once
inraged
,
and
pass
their
bounds
,
they
become
Merciless
,
Good
Servants
,
but
bad
Masters
.
The
Tongue
is
said
by
Aesop
to
be
the
best
and
worst
Meat
that
comes
to
the
Market
:
for
with
it
we
both
bless
God
and
curse
Men
,
saith
St.
James
.
And
Iron
by
Pliny
is
rightly
termed
,
Optimum
,
possimumque
vitae
instrumentum
,
the
best
and
worst
Instrument
belonging
to
Man
.
But
sure
it
is
that
God
in
his
Providence
hath
reserved
this
Engine
for
these
times
,
that
by
the
cruel
Force
and
terrible
Roaring
of
it
,
Men
might
the
rather
be
deterred
from
assaulting
one
another
in
Warlike
and
Hostile
manner
;
I
am
of
Opinion
(
as
I
have
already
expressed
)
that
since
the
invention
and
use
thereof
,
fewer
have
been
slain
in
the
Wars
then
before
.
Neither
doth
it
serve
(
as
is
commonly
objected
)
to
make
Men
Cowards
,
but
rather
hardens
them
.
For
he
that
dares
present
himself
to
the
Mouth
of
a
Cannon
,
cannot
fear
the
Face
of
Death
in
whatsoever
shape
it
present
it self
.
Howsoever
some
have
not
been
wanting
,
who
would
bear
us
in
hand
that
this
Invention
is
not
of
Latter
times
,
but
Ancient
;
among
whom
Sir
Walter
Raleigh
is
one
,
who
in
his
History
of
the
World
,
Lib.
1.
Sect.
7.
refers
not
only
the
Invention
of
Printing
,
but
of
Guns
too
,
and
Ordinance
of
Batterie
to
the
Indians
,
grounding
himself
herein
upon
the
report
of
the
Portugals
:
and
hereby
,
saith
he
,
we
are
now
made
to
understand
,
that
the
place
of
Philostratus
in
Vita
Apolony
Fianei
,
is
no
Fable
,
though
expressed
in
Fabulous
words
,
when
he
saith
,
that
the
Wisemen
which
dwell
between
Hypthesis
and
Ganges
use
not
themselves
to
go
forth
to
Battle
,
but
that
they
drive
away
their
Enemies
with
Thunder
and
Lightning
.
But
herein
I
can
say
nothing
,
choosing
with
Camerarius
,
potius
credere
quam
cum-molestia
experiri
,
rather
to
believe
it
,
then
to
endure
the
hazzard
and
trouble
of
it
to
make
the
tryal
of
it
.
Others
refer
it
to
Solmoneus
,
as
witnesseth
Levinius
,
induced
thereunto
by
these
Verses
of
Virgil
Aneid
.
5.
Vidi
&
crudeles
,
dantem
Salmonea
paenos
,
Dum
flammas
Jovis
,
&
sonitus
imitatur
Olympi
.
Quatuor
hic
invectus
,
equis
ac
Lampada
quassans
,
Per
Graium
populos
,
mediaque
per
Elidis
urbem
Ibat
Ovans
;
divum
sibi
poscebat
Honores
Demens
qui
Nimbos
,
&
non
imitabile
fulmen
,
Aere
&
Cornipedum
cursu
simulabat
equorum
I
saw
Salmoneus
there
endure
Most
cruel
Pains
,
and
great
;
For
that
he
dared
the
Flames
of
Jove
,
And
Thunder
counterfeit
.
In
Chariot
drawn
with
Horses
four
.
Shaking
a
fiery
brand
Through
midst
of
Elis
Town
he
rode
,
And
through
all
Grecian
Land
Triumphing
wise
:
and
to
himself
Audaciously
did
take
Honours
Divine
.
Mad
frantick
man
That
did
not
inlye
quake
;
With
Horn-foot-Horses
,
and
brass
Wheels
Joves
Thunders
emulate
,
And
Lightnings
impossible
For
man
to
imitate
.
But
Servius
in
his
Commentaries
concieves
,
that
this
imitation
of
Thunder
was
by
driving
his
Chariot
over
a
brazen
Bridge
;
and
if
he
used
an
Engine
,
it
seems
to
have
been
rather
for
Ratling
and
Terror
,
then
for
any
real
Effect
.
And
whereas
great
Ordinance
exceed
Thunder
,
this
was
such
that
it
came
far
short
of
it
;
And
therefore
as
Rota
hath
well
expressed
,
the
Poet
calls
it
.
—
non
imitabile
fulmen
.
But
this
I
leave
as
a
very
uncertain
ground
for
the
ancient
Invention
of
this
Engine
.
Petarch
and
Valturius
upon
better
shew
of
reason
(
as
they
conceive
)
refer
it
to
Archimedes
,
found
out
(
as
they
pretend
)
by
him
for
the
overthrow
of
Marcellos
Shippes
at
Syracuse
Siege
.
But
it
were
strange
that
both
Plutarch
and
Livy
,
who
have
written
largely
of
his
admirable
Wit
and
wonderful
Engines
;
and
particularly
of
the
Siege
of
that
City
,
should
among
the
rest
forget
this
rare
Invention
,
and
yet
more
strange
,
that
the
Romans
upon
the
taking
of
the
City
,
should
not
take
it
up
and
make
use
of
it
:
Nay
,
as
Magius
(
who
hath
written
a
Chapter
to
this
purpose
,
to
refute
them
who
refer
this
Invention
to
the
Ancients
)
hath
observed
;
neither
Heron
,
nor
Pappus
,
nor
Athenens
,
nor
Biton
in
their
Manuscripts
of
the
Mechanicks
(
for
printed
they
are
not
)
have
described
any
such
Engines
,
nor
Aegidias
Romanus
,
(
who
lived
and
wrote
in
the
Reign
of
Philip
the
fair
King
of
France
)
about
the
year
1285
)
where
he
treats
purposely
of
Warlike
Engines
and
Instruments
:
yet
remembers
not
any
such
thing
.
Brightman
in
his
Exposition
on
the
Revelation
of
St.
John
,
tells
us
that
by
the
Fire
,
and
Smoak
,
and
Brimstone
which
in
that
place
are
said
to
have
issued
out
of
the
Mouths
of
the
Horses
,
are
to
be
understood
,
our
Powder
and
Guns
now
in
use
,
and
that
of
them
St.
John
prophesied
,
But
how
these
are
said
to
issue
out
of
the
Mouths
of
Horses
,
he
doth
not
well
express
,
nor
I
think
well
understood
.
The
Common
Opinion
then
is
,
that
this
device
was
first
found
out
by
a
Monk
of
Germany
,
whose
name
many
Writers
affirm
to
be
deservedly
lost
;
but
Forcatulus
in
his
fourth
book
of
the
Empire
and
Phylosophy
of
France
names
him
Berthold
Swartes
of
Cullen
,
and
Salmuch
Constantine
Anklitzen
of
Friburg
:
Howsoever
they
all
agree
that
he
was
a
German
Monk
,
and
that
by
chance
a
spark
of
Fire
falling
into
a
pot
of
Niter
,
which
he
had
prepared
for
Physick
or
Alchimy
,
and
causing
it
to
fly
up
,
he
thereupon
made
a
Composition
of
Powder
,
with
an
Instrument
of
Brass
or
Iron
,
and
putting
the
fire
to
it
found
the
Conclusion
to
answer
his
Expectation
.
The
first
publick
use
of
Guns
that
we
read
of
,
was
thought
to
be
about
the
year
1380.
as
Magius
,
or
1400
as
Ramus
,
in
a
battel
betwixt
the
Venetians
and
Genoways
,
fought
at
Clodia
Fossa
,
in
which
the
Venetians
having
from
the
Monk
belike
,
gotten
the
use
of
Guns
,
so
galled
their
Enemies
,
that
they
saw
themselves
wounded
and
slain
;
and
yet
knew
not
by
what
means
,
nor
how
to
prevent
it
,
as
Platina
witnesseth
in
the
Life
of
Vrbane
the
sixth
.
And
Levalla
in
his
second
Book
and
34th
chapter
of
his
Ellegancies
,
(
which
as
himself
testifies
)
he
wrote
in
the
year
1438.
says
that
the
Gun
grew
in
use
not
long
before
his
time
:
his
Words
are
,
Nuper
inventa
est
Machina
quam
Bombardum
vocant
,
The
Engine
which
they
call
the
Gun
was
lately
found
out
.
And
Petarch
who
lived
some
time
before
him
to
the
like
purpose
in
his
99th
Dialogue
of
his
Remedies
of
both
Fortunes
,
though
therein
I
confess
he
seem
to
cross
himself
,
Erat
hac
pestis
nuper
rara
,
ut
cum
ingenti
Miraculo
cerneretur
:
This
pestilent
device
was
lately
so
rare
,
that
it
was
beheld
with
marvellous
great
Astonishment
.
Yet
〈◊〉
have
seen
the
Copy
of
a
Record
,
that
great
Ordinanc●
were
brought
by
the
French
to
the
battery
of
a
Castl●
or
Fort
called
Outhwyke
,
near
to
Callico
,
and
then
in
the
possession
of
the
English
,
the
first
year
of
Richard
the
Second
;
of
which
Fort
,
one
William
Weston
was
Captain
,
and
being
questioned
in
Parliament
for
yielding
up
the
Fort
,
he
did
in
his
excuse
alledge
,
that
the
Enemies
brought
to
the
Battery
thereof
,
nine
pieces
des
grosses
Canons
,
par
les
quelles
,
les
mures
,
&
les
Measons
da
dit
Chastel
,
Junen
rentes
,
&
percusses
en
plusiens
Lieux
.
of
great
Canons
,
by
means
whereof
the
Walls
and
Houses
of
the
said
Castle
were
in
divers
places
rent
in
sunder
,
&
sorely
battered
;
and
in
another
place
he
termeth
them
huge
most
grievous
,
&
admirable
Ordinance
;
nay
more
then
so
,
I
am
credibly
informed
,
that
a
Commission
is
to
be
seen
for
making
of
Salt-Peter
in
Edward
the
thirds
time
,
and
another
Record
of
Ordinance
used
at
that
time
,
some
twenty
years
before
his
Death
;
by
all
which
it
should
appear
,
that
either
the
Invention
of
Guns
was
sooner
than
it
was
commonly
conceived
,
or
that
our
Nation
and
the
French
had
the
use
of
it
with
the
first
:
Howsoever
it
is
most
clear
,
that
at
least-wise
in
these
parts
of
the
World
,
this
Invention
was
not
known
till
in
latter
Ages
.
But
to
continue
our
discourse
of
Engines
and
ingenious
Inventions
,
used
and
invented
for
the
Glory
of
God
,
against
the
Tyranny
of
Turks
and
Infidels
,
for
the
Defence
of
his
People
;
we
may
rightly
say
of
them
,
that
they
were
the
Gifts
of
God
,
as
were
the
Inventions
or
Art
of
them
that
either
builded
the
Temple
of
Jerusalem
,
or
the
Ark
of
God
:
And
yet
is
it
there
written
of
these
Artificers
,
that
God
gave
them
the
Spirit
of
Knowledge
and
cunning
in
such
Arts.
And
therefore
I
think
it
may
be
also
said
without
offence
,
that
the
Knowledge
of
Archimedes
,
and
other
men
of
such
commendable
Inventions
,
are
the
Gifts
of
God
free
,
and
not
bound
to
any
Nation
or
Person
.
Besion
,
that
excellent
Geometrician
of
our
late
times
,
who
was
master
of
the
Engines
to
the
French
King
,
Pub●ished
a
book
in
Print
,
concerning
the
Forms
and
Pour●raicture
of
sixty
Engines
of
marvellous
strange
and
●rofitable
device
,
for
divers
commodious
and
necessary
●ses
,
of
which
forasmuch
as
three
of
them
,
that
is
to
●ay
,
the
'
54
,
57
,
and
60.
are
Engines
chiefly
pertaining
to
Ships
,
I
shall
in
their
due
place
discourse
of
them
.
My
next
design
shall
be
to
treat
of
the
Proportions
of
Local
Motions
,
wherein
to
the
most
expert
in
Learning
,
I
shall
shew
the
Errors
of
Aristotle
by
Words
and
Demonstrations
,
and
that
modestly
,
for
I
repute
Aristotle
for
the
chief
of
Philosophers
.
Yet
for
that
it
is
●umane
to
err
,
he
also
might
sometimes
fail
.
In
the
handling
of
which
Demonstrations
,
I
shall
not
so
apply
●y
self
to
Philosophers
,
as
not
to
descend
,
so
as
to
inform
the
Marriner
,
that
he
may
learn
many
proper
Conclusions
from
thence
most
necessary
for
his
Know●edge
,
and
afterwards
proceed
to
other
rare
Mathe●atical
Secrets
of
other
Engines
,
and
of
the
most
swift
Motion
by
the
Art
of
Navigation
.
diagram showing center of mass for systems of objects of porportional sizes
I
will
now
make
Demonstration
how
Bodies
of
the
self-same
,
or
one
kind
and
Figure
,
equal
or
unequal
one
to
the
other
,
in
the
same
midst
or
mean
,
by
equal
spa●●
,
be
moved
in
one
or
self-some-time
;
the
which
is
against
Aristotle
,
and
all
other
Philosophers
,
that
have
not
yet
seen
this
Proposition
.
Aristotle
first
,
in
the
4th
of
his
Phisickes
Cap.
de
Vacuo
,
where
he
intendeth
to
shew
,
that
if
Vacuum
or
Void
be
granted
,
Moving
or
Motion
,
is
taken
away
,
&c.
He
there
saith
thus
,
We
see
those
Bodies
which
have
more
Heaviness
or
Lightness
;
So
that
they
be
one
Figure
,
to
be
more
swiftly
moved
by
equal
space
,
and
by
such
proportion
as
they
have
the
one
to
the
other
.
And
therefore
they
are
so
moved
per
Vacuum
,
&c.
which
is
proved
to
be
false
.
Furthermore
,
what
St.
Thomas
Aquinas
saith
touching
this
;
any
man
that
will
,
may
read
;
for
no
man
better
understood
the
mind
of
Aristotle
.
But
for
the
Examples
,
that
Simplicius
and
Averroes
give
to
the
understanding
of
this
(
by
two
Spherical
Bodies
of
equal
Quantity
,
but
of
divers
kinds
,
as
one
of
Gold
,
and
the
other
of
Silver
)
we
must
not
therefore
say
,
that
he
understood
this
Proposition
as
I
will
demonstrate
.
For
they
should
have
said
somwhat
of
the
Equality
of
the
Quantity
of
those
Bodies
;
forasmuch
as
the
Motion
of
Bodies
,
equal
and
unequal
,
is
all
one
,
so
that
they
be
all
one
Figure
:
As
for
Example
,
If
there
be
three
Spherical
Bodies
,
of
the
which
two
are
of
Gold
,
and
the
third
Silver
,
and
they
of
the
Gold
are
unequal
,
and
the
other
of
Silver
equal
to
one
of
the
Golden
Bodies
;
then
in
the
same
Proportion
of
time
,
shall
be
moved
the
Golden
Body
equal
to
that
of
Silver
,
with
Silver
Body
,
with
the
Golden
uneqal
,
as
shall
be
declared
hereafter
.
Furthermore
,
6
Phisick
Cap.
1.
in
the
end
,
and
in
a
manner
through
all
the
Chapter
of
the
same
Book
,
he
confirmeth
the
same
:
but
in
the
fourth
he
saith
thus
,
whereas
every
thing
that
moveth
,
moveth
in
some
other
,
and
in
some
time
,
and
that
moveable
is
Motion
of
the
whole
,
the
same
or
all
one
shall
be
the
Divisions
of
the
time
and
the
moving
,
and
of
to
be
moved
,
and
of
that
which
is
moved
as
also
of
that
in
the
which
is
moving
.
Afterward
he
giveth
Demonstration
after
his
manner
,
but
Cap
,
7.
he
willeth
the
same
,
where
he
intendeth
,
that
infinite
time
,
nothing
may
pass
into
infinite
greatness
,
&c.
Furthermore
Aristotle
in
his
first
Book
,
de
Calo
,
confirmeth
the
same
,
saying
simply
,
that
the
Reason
or
Consideration
of
times
,
is
contrary
to
the
reason
of
weights
;
as
if
half
a
weight
be
moved
in
this
time
,
the
double
is
moved
in
the
half
of
this
,
&c.
And
this
Cap.
6.
furthermore
,
Cap.
8.
of
the
same
Book
he
saith
,
the
Fire
in
as
much
as
it
is
greater
then
the
Earth
,
so
much
the
sooner
and
swiftlyer
it
cometh
to
its
resting
place
,
&c.
Also
in
his
Second
Book
,
de
Calo
,
Cap.
8.
he
saith
thus
:
As
in
other
things
,
the
greater
Body
is
the
more
swiftly
moved
by
his
proper
course
or
motion
,
even
so
also
in
the
Heavenly
Circles
,
and
again
Cap.
13.
he
affirmeth
the
same
in
two
places
,
saying
that
the
greater
Earth
,
is
swiftlyer
moved
.
Item
,
Lib.
de
Carlo
Cap.
2.
He
saith
thus
,
if
according
to
the
Proportion
which
hath
the
space
of
C
D.
the
Body
of
B
shall
be
divided
,
all
B
in
the
same
time
shal●
be
moved
by
C
E
,
in
the
which
time
part
of
B
by
C
D
,
of
necessity
:
Wherefore
it
followeth
that
B
be
moved
by
swifter
Motion
then
part
of
B.
Afterwards
he
maketh
a
like
Demonstration
,
saying
thus
,
The
swiftness
of
the
less
to
the
swiftness
of
the
greater
,
hath
such
Proportions
as
the
greater
Body
to
the
less
,
&c.
Again
in
his
3d.
Book
de
Carlo
cap.
5.
In
the
end
of
it
he
saith
likewise
,
that
so
much
the
more
every
thing
is
moved
,
as
it
is
the
greater
,
as
also
the
Fire
,
the
greater
it
is
,
is
so
much
of
swifter
Motion
,
&c.
he
confirmeth
the
same
cap.
2.
&
4th
.
of
the
same
Book
,
where
yet
speaking
more
clearly
,
he
faith
,
That
the
greater
Fire
riseth
swiftlye●
upwards
than
a
less
;
and
a
greater
piece
of
Gold
or
Lead
,
doth
swiftlyer
move
downwards
,
and
the
like
of
heavyer
Bodies
;
and
more
clearly
can
no
man
gather
the
meaning
of
Aristotle
.
Vitelio
,
in
his
second
Book
of
Perspective
,
in
the
second
Proposition
,
hath
fallen
into
the
same
Error
.
I
pretermit
his
Ignorance
in
that
Proposition
where
he
thinketh
that
there
is
no
Quantity
insensible
:
But
let
this
pass
with
other
Errors
,
the
which
at
another
time
shall
be
shewed
in
their
place
.
He
that
will
read
other
Philosophers
,
shall
see
that
they
all
accord
with
the
mind
and
Sentence
of
Aristotle
,
who
also
in
divers
other
places
confirmeth
the
same
:
but
to
have
Rehearsed
these
principal
places
,
may
suffice
,
and
therefore
we
shall
now
come
to
the
Demonstration
.
This
propounded
Demonstration
,
I
will
shew
apparently
,
that
it
may
the
better
be
understood
,
and
forasmuch
as
Aristotle
in
his
work
De
insidentibus
Aquae
,
hath
spoken
nothing
of
the
Proportion
of
Motion
of
Elements
,
it
is
manifest
that
he
hath
not
yet
searched
this
Proposition
;
for
there
was
the
proper
place
of
this
matter
.
But
it
is
not
granted
to
any
one
man
to
know
all
things
:
and
therefore
it
was
very
difficult
to
many
to
imagine
the
Supposition
,
whereas
Archimedes
maketh
none
other
Demonstration
,
but
that
natural
Motion
is
not
caused
of
any
other
then
of
the
Excess
or
proceeding
of
a
Body
in
an
Element
,
above
or
upon
the
said
Element
.
The
Demonstration
diagram depicting center of mass for a system of objects
Let
it
be
thus
understood
.
Let
us
imagine
(
for
example
)
two
bodies
of
Water
:
of
which
,
the
one
shall
be
equal
to
the
body
O
,
and
the
other
to
the
body
G
,
or
to
one
of
the
bodies
N
L
K
H
,
which
shall
be
all
one
:
then
sixteen
of
the
fift
,
the
proportion
of
O
to
G
,
or
one
of
the
aforesaid
bodies
,
is
the
same
which
is
of
the
waterie
equal
O
,
to
the
waterie
equal
G
,
by
the
proposition
declared
before
.
The
proportion
of
the
waterie
body
equal
O
,
the
heaviness
of
the
watery
body
equal
G
,
is
the
same
which
is
between
the
quantities
of
the
self
same
bodies
:
but
we
must
understand
them
to
be
susteined
or
weighed
in
a
rarer
or
thinner
Element
.
The
proportion
thereof
shall
be
the
same
which
shall
be
between
the
proportion
of
bodies
D
and
G
,
by
the
eleventh
of
the
fift
;
the
aforesaid
proportion
being
thereto
.
Furthermore
let
us
imagine
the
heaviness
of
bodies
,
O
and
G
,
so
the
other
gravities
and
heaviness
,
shall
be
those
which
shall
be
moved
without
impepiment
,
as
appeareth
by
the
7
of
Archimedes
,
de
insidentibus
Aquae
.
And
whereas
by
the
fifteenth
of
the
fifth
of
Euclide
,
the
proportion
of
these
heav●●
bodies
is
the
●a●e
which
is
beetween
D
and
G
,
by
the
nineteenth
of
the
fift
aforesaid
:
the
resistance
of
the
mean
or
middle
to
D
shall
be
quadruple
to
the
resistance
of
G.
The
same
also
do
I
say
to
every
one
of
the
bodies
N
L
K
H.
It
appeareth
by
common
Science
,
that
resistance
of
the
mean
to
the
bodies
N
L
K
H
,
is
equal
to
that
which
is
to
the
body
D
,
but
is
the
same
to
which
G
by
the
first
conception
of
Euclide
.
Furthermore
,
if
there
be
two
bodies
all
of
one
figure
,
but
of
divers
homogeneite
or
substance
,
and
of
unequal
corporality
,
and
(
for
example
)
either
of
them
heavier
than
the
mean
or
the
middle
,
in
the
which
they
are
moved
,
and
that
also
the
lesser
of
them
be
heavier
then
the
bigger
,
yet
that
the
greater
weigh
more
then
the
less
,
then
I
say
,
that
the
less
shall
be
swifter
in
motion
:
and
the
same
shall
be
the
proportion
of
time
to
the
less
,
which
is
to
the
greater
,
which
is
also
the
greater
kind
of
heaviness
to
the
kind
of
the
less
,
taking
away
so
much
heaviness
from
both
,
as
is
the
half
of
every
of
them
.
Let
it
be
for
Example
,
two
bodies
M
and
N
of
the
same
form
,
and
divers
homogeneite
or
substance
,
and
the
same
also
to
be
unequal
(
for
of
equals
there
is
no
doubt
)
of
the
which
the
greater
shall
be
M
,
but
of
the
kind
of
the
body
N
,
to
be
heavier
than
the
kind
of
the
body
M
;
putting
the
case
also
,
that
the
body
M
,
be
heavier
than
the
body
N
,
and
each
of
them
all
heavier
than
the
mean
or
middle
body
,
by
which
they
move
,
then
will
I
shew
the
proportion
.
Understand
first
A
V
J.
to
be
equal
and
like
figure
to
the
body
M
,
but
of
the
kind
of
the
body
N.
Let
's
imagine
also
that
the
body
M
in
heaviness
,
to
exceed
the
middle
or
mean
in
double
proportion
A
V
J
,
or
in
the
eighth
proportion
:
so
then
the
moving
of
the
body
A
V
J
,
shall
in
the
seveth
proportion
be
swifter
then
the
body
M
,
because
the
resistance
of
the
body
M
is
subdupla
,
and
to
the
body
A
V
J
is
suboctupla
,
by
the
seventh
of
Archimedes
de
insidentibus
Aquae
.
But
by
the
aforesaid
demonstration
,
the
body
M
shall
be
moved
in
the
same
time
which
the
body
A
V
I.
Wherefore
by
the
the
first
conception
of
the
mind
added
upon
Euclide
by
Companus
,
the
proposition
is
dear
.
diagram demonstrating physics of interacting objects of various masses
The
like
reason
is
also
of
violent
motions
,
taking
the
proportion
of
the
moving
strengths
,
and
taking
away
the
proportion
of
the
half
or
middle
.
Also
,
whereas
are
two
equal
Angles
about
the
Horizon
,
or
under
,
but
in
contrary
motion
of
Nature
,
because
violent
motion
is
swifter
in
the
begining
than
in
the
end
,
and
the
contrary
chanceth
in
the
motion
of
Nature
:
for
with
violent
motion
,
the
motion
of
Nature
is
ever
somewhat
mixt
,
if
Horizontically
or
Angulerly
it
shall
be
above
or
beneath
the
Horizon
:
and
Nature
worketh
so
much
,
until
it
bring
violent
motion
to
some
end
.
But
if
the
Perpendicularly
Violence
shall
be
made
about
the
Horizon
,
and
towards
the
place
which
that
body
naturally
moveth
unto
,
then
Nature
cannot
strive
against
or
withstand
,
but
that
Violence
doth
ever
go
with
it
,
in
respect
of
the
end
from
whence
.
Furthermore
,
by
the
aforesaid
,
it
is
manifest
,
that
to
be
false
which
Aristotle
saith
7
Phisic
.
in
the
last
Chapter
,
where
he
saith
,
if
A
be
that
which
moveth
B
,
and
B
that
which
is
moved
,
and
C
the
Longitude
whereby
,
and
D
in
which
the
motion
is
,
that
is
to
say
,
in
equal
time
and
power
equal
.
A
the
half
of
B
,
shall
move
by
the
double
of
C
,
and
C
in
the
half
of
D
,
for
so
shall
be
the
similitude
of
the
reason
,
&c.
That
it
is
false
I
will
thus
demonstrate
.
Let
us
first
imagine
two
bodies
as
before
,
in
any
mean
or
middle
homogenie
,
&c.
And
let
ns
for
example
,
M
and
N
,
and
that
M
be
double
in
quantity
to
the
Body
N
,
and
that
the
weigt
of
N
be
with
one
of
the
weight
of
M
;
and
also
that
the
body
A
V
I
,
be
equal
to
the
body
M
in
quantity
,
and
in
likeness
or
kind
of
the
body
N
;
then
by
common
Science
,
the
body
of
A
V
I
shall
be
double
in
heaviness
to
the
body
M.
And
granting
that
the
body
M
by
double
in
heaviness
above
the
half
,
then
shall
the
body
A
V
I
be
quadruple
in
heaviness
above
the
said
half
.
Wherefore
the
resistance
taken
away
,
let
be
left
the
time
in
which
the
body
A
V
I
be
quadruple
in
heaviness
above
the
said
half
.
Wherefore
the
resistance
taken
away
,
let
be
left
the
time
in
which
the
body
A
V
I
in
the
same
time
shall
be
moved
the
body
N
,
by
the
aforesaid
.
Or
if
in
the
same
time
the
body
N
,
shall
be
moved
with
the
body
M
,
yet
the
space
by
which
N
shall
be
triple
to
that
by
which
M.
for
the
reasons
are
all
one
of
violent
motions
.
The
same
shall
precisely
come
to
pass
,
if
instead
of
the
excess
of
weight
above
the
half
,
we
shall
take
the
virtue
or
power
of
moving
,
&c.
as
before
.
Arristotle
likewise
erreth
in
his
4
Physic
.
Chap.
8.
Where
he
discourses
de
Vacue
,
saying
that
the
same
,
or
else
all
one
,
shall
be
the
proportion
of
motions
of
any
body
by
divers
Elements
.
As
if
the
Air
be
in
subtilty
double
to
the
water
,
in
double
time
B.
The
mean
shall
Pass
to
that
time
,
in
which
by
the
mean
D
and
C
,
the
it
me
shall
be
double
of
the
time
E
and
C.
Now
to
shew
the
Error
of
Aristotle
,
let
us
first
understand
,
a
body
to
pass
through
Water
by
natural
motion
,
as
(
for
example
)
by
a
granted
space
,
let
us
also
imagine
that
body
in
double
to
exceed
the
water
in
the
weight
,
and
that
the
Water
in
heaviness
exceed
the
Air
in
double
proportion
,
then
the
granted
body
shall
be
quadruple
to
the
Air.
Wherfore
in
the
haviness
the
resistance
of
time
taken
away
,
in
the
which
the
motion
of
that
body
in
the
Air
,
by
equal
space
to
that
,
by
the
which
in
Water
to
the
time
wherein
by
Water
in
the
granted
space
is
moved
,
the
proportion
shall
be
subtriple
,
and
not
subduple
,
as
Aristotle
affirmeth
.
Aristotle
also
erreth
in
the
same
Chapter
,
supposing
that
if
motion
should
be
granted
in
voide
,
the
same
or
all
one
,
should
be
the
reason
of
time
to
time
,
as
is
between
moving
bodies
,
which
is
impossible
by
the
aforesaid
.
For
those
bodies
should
be
moved
is
equal
time
,
although
they
should
be
of
divers
kinds
,
forms
and
bigness
.
By
which
place
also
is
easie
to
gather
,
that
the
mind
of
Aristotle
was
,
that
the
proportion
of
motion
to
motion
,
is
the
same
thing
which
greatnesses
have
between
them
,
according
to
the
heaviness
and
lightness
simply
.
But
that
this
also
may
the
more
clearly
be
understood
,
imagine
the
bodies
M
and
N
in
void
,
and
that
the
body
N
be
of
the
same
weight
which
A
V
I
,
but
of
divers
kinds
,
and
consequently
of
divers
bigness
:
then
whereas
those
bodies
have
no
resistance
,
there
is
no
doubt
but
that
they
shall
be
moved
by
equal
time
,
by
equal
space
.
I
will
take
therefore
the
body
A
V
I
,
of
the
kind
of
the
body
N
,
but
of
quantity
of
the
body
M.
Now
then
by
the
mean
of
the
true
method
of
the
demonstration
before
shewed
A
V
I
,
and
N
shall
be
moved
in
equal
time
with
the
body
,
N
by
equal
space
.
Wherefore
,
by
the
first
conception
in
the
same
in
the
M
,
wherefore
it
followeth
,
&c.
Furthermore
also
where
Aristotle
7.
Phific
.
speaketh
of
the
comparison
of
motions
,
saying
that
a
right
Line
is
not
comparable
to
a
crooked
Line
,
because
there
should
be
found
some
right
Line
equal
of
circuler
Line
,
either
greater
or
less
.
For
whereas
by
reason
of
the
definition
given
by
him
in
the
6
Phisic
.
to
the
swiftness
and
slowness
of
motion
,
it
seemeth
to
him
that
it
cannot
be
,
that
circular
motion
should
be
comparable
to
right
motion
.
In
the
which
he
is
manifestly
deceived
,
and
chiefly
thinking
that
a
right
Line
cannot
be
found
equal
,
greater
or
lesser
to
the
circular
Line
:
Whereas
Archimedes
in
his
first
proposition
in
Geometry
,
sheweth
the
contrary
,
and
that
by
Mathematical
demonstration
,
and
not
by
the
opinion
of
Aristotle
.
For
Archimedes
sheweth
there
,
by
what
means
we
may
find
a
right
Line
greater
or
less
then
any
circular
Line
,
constituting
figures
of
right
Lines
,
without
or
within
the
circle
,
&c.
But
some
men
may
say
,
that
though
a
right
Line
may
be
granted
greater
or
less
than
any
circular
line
,
yet
that
the
same
cannot
be
found
equal
,
whereas
in
the
fifteenth
of
Euclide
the
third
is
shewed
,
that
a
greater
Angle
may
be
found
,
then
is
the
Angle
of
a
Contingence
,
and
that
by
the
motion
of
the
right
Line
of
the
greater
.
Angle
,
passage
is
made
to
the
right
Line
contingent
or
touching
the
circle
:
yet
that
it
cannot
be
that
with
the
contigent
Line
it
should
make
an
Angle
equal
to
the
Angle
of
Contigence
.
To
this
I
answer
,
that
although
a
greater
Angle
be
granted
,
yet
not
a
less
:
for
if
the
less
should
be
granted
as
well
as
the
greater
,
we
should
likewise
have
an
equal
.
geometric diagram
For
Example
,
consider
the
circle
A
C
,
with
the
Line
A
B
,
doth
touch
in
the
point
A.
The
Angle
of
contingence
shall
be
A
B
C
,
then
let
the
circle
inwardly
described
A
E
,
touching
the
circle
A
C
,
in
the
point
A
,
for
to
one
only
point
it
shall
touch
the
circle
A
C
,
by
twelve
of
the
third
.
And
so
the
Line
A
B
,
shall
touch
the
circle
A
E
,
by
common
Science
,
by
the
which
the
Angle
B
A
E
shall
be
greater
than
the
Angle
B
A
C.
Likewise
also
,
if
the
circle
A
D
shall
be
described
outwardly
,
the
Angle
B
A
D
should
be
less
than
the
Angle
B
A
C.
And
consequently
by
the
same
order
whereby
we
make
the
greater
or
the
less
,
we
shall
also
constitute
equal
,
which
is
the
less
.
Wherefore
it
followeth
,
that
it
may
be
done
contrary
to
that
which
Aristotle
saith
,
and
for
the
same
sentence
of
Aristotle
,
some
have
thought
that
it
is
impossible
for
any
of
the
figures
of
crooked
Lines
,
should
be
frund
equal
to
any
figure
of
a
right
Line
,
or
the
contrary
,
the
which
to
be
impossible
I
will
demonstrate
.
For
Example
,
let
be
given
a
Trigon
,
I
mean
also
of
all
figures
of
right
Lines
,
for
as
much
as
they
shall
be
divisible
into
Triangles
,
as
appeareth
by
the
thirty-second
of
the
first
.
And
of
these
Triangles
we
shall
constitute
a
superficial
Line
of
equidistant
sides
,
by
forty-four
of
the
first
.
Taken
as
often
as
need
shall
be
,
which
duplicate
by
the
helps
of
thirty-six
of
the
first
,
and
afterwards
a
Diameter
in
it
,
then
the
healf
of
the
superficies
shall
have
an
equal
Triangle
of
the
taken
superficies
of
the
forty-one
of
the
first
,
or
by
the
taken
right
Line
by
the
first
conception
,
I
will
constitute
a
superficial
of
two
crooked
Lines
continued
equal
unto
it
.
I
will
divide
the
first
basis
or
ground
A
C
by
equal
spaces
into
points
H
by
ten
of
the
first
,
and
I
draw
B
H
,
which
also
I
draw
forth
untill
H
K
by
double
to
B
H
by
3
of
the
first
assumpted
.
Then
to
the
half
of
H
K.
Thus
is
I
,
I
direct
C
I
and
AI
;
I
joyn
thereto
also
AK
and
C
K
,
by
right
Lines
:
then
(
by
the
first
of
the
sixt
)
these
Triangles
shall
be
all
equal
to
themselves
.
After
this
,
I
will
constitute
a
superficial
of
equidistant
sides
,
and
of
right
Angles
upon
whatsoever
Line
,
which
superficies
shall
be
equal
to
the
Poligonie
ABCK
,
by
44
of
the
first
assumpted
,
as
often
as
shall
be
needful
,
that
superficies
is
made
G
D.
But
in
the
which
I
draw
the
Diameter
F
E
,
so
that
by
41
of
the
whole
Trigon
F
G
E
,
shall
be
the
half
of
the
whole
superficies
,
and
by
common
science
equal
to
the
Tigon
B
K
C.
and
Triplus
to
the
Trigon
B
H
C.
Now
I
divide
F
G
by
equal
in
the
point
M
by
10
of
the
first
.
So
do
I
also
of
the
Line
M
L
,
dividing
it
by
equal
in
the
point
N
,
by
the
aforesaid
10
of
the
first
.
Afterwards
by
44
of
the
first
twice
assumpted
of
equidistant
sides
,
I
make
a
superficies
of
right
Angles
upon
the
Line
M
,
N
equal
to
the
quadrature
of
the
Line
F
M
,
traverse
or
overthwart
,
and
N
D
right
,
I
constitute
a
Parabol
of
a
right
Angle
,
that
it
may
be
of
less
labour
:
for
this
Example
may
suffice
of
by
52
of
the
first
of
Apolonius
Pergeus
,
the
Termining
Line
of
which
Parabol
,
shall
pass
by
the
points
of
F
N
,
and
G
by
the
same
and
by
33
of
the
same
F
E
shall
touch
the
Parabol
at
the
point
F.
And
afterwards
when
the
Trigon
F
E
G
shall
be
triplus
,
to
the
Trigon
B
H
C
,
as
we
have
shewed
before
,
but
also
the
portion
of
F
N
G
,
Triplus
by
the
17
of
Archimedes
,
de
quadratura
Parabolae
.
Wherefore
the
portion
F
N
G
shall
be
equal
to
the
Trigon
H
B
C
,
by
the
first
conception
in
Euclide
,
added
by
Companus
.
Furthermore
,
I
draw
E
G
untill
by
the
third
of
the
first
G
R.
Equal
G
R.
I
draw
forth
also
F
R
,
and
LMO
,
then
by
the
fourth
of
the
first
Triangle
,
FGE
shall
be
of
equal
sides
,
and
also
of
equal
Angles
to
the
Triangle
F
G
R.
Furthermore
,
D
M
is
equidistant
G
R
,
by
common
science
,
and
by
R
G
of
the
first
,
the
Angle
F
D
M
equal
to
the
Angle
F
R
G
,
and
the
Angle
of
F
R
G
equal
to
the
Angle
of
F
M
D
;
and
whereas
the
Angle
of
F
R
G
is
common
to
either
of
them
,
then
by
the
four
,
of
the
fix
,
the
same
,
or
all
one
,
shall
be
the
proportion
of
R
G
,
to
DM
,
as
is
of
G
F
,
to
M
F.
But
as
is
G
F
,
to
M
F
,
so
is
G
F
,
to
M
L.
Wherefore
by
N
of
the
first
,
G
F
hath
it self
so
to
M
F
,
as
G
R
to
DM
.
But
by
the
16
of
the
same
ML
to
DM
,
hath
it self
,
and
GF
to
GR.
Wherefore
ML
equal
MQ
;
which
MQ
I
divide
by
equal
in
the
the
point
X
,
by
10
of
the
first
,
and
will
do
as
before
.
Then
by
the
reasons
aforesaid
of
the
same
,
the
portion
of
FXG
,
shall
be
equal
to
the
Trigon
ABH
,
and
the
whole
superf●ices
FGNX
,
shall
be
equal
to
the
whole
Trigon
,
ABC
,
which
is
proposed
.
geometric diagrams
The
contrary
appeareth
thus
,
Let
be
grated
a
superficies
,
contained
of
two
parallel
lines
,
as
FNG
,
and
F
X
G
,
proposing
(
for
Example
)
to
find
a
superficial
of
right
lines
Trianguler
equal
to
the
granted
superficies
.
I
draw
first
F
G.
Then
afterwards
by
44
of
the
second
of
Apolonius
Pergeus
,
I
find
the
Diameter
of
the
Parabol
FNG
,
which
is
MN
,
which
I
draw
to
ML
,
to
be
equal
MN
.
Then
I
draw
F
L
,
which
shall
touch
the
Parabol
of
F
N
G
in
the
point
F
by
33
of
the
first
of
the
same
.
then
from
the
point
G
,
I
draw
a
line
G
E
,
equidistant
from
the
Diameter
M
N
L
,
by
31
of
the
first
of
Euclide
:
which
I
draw
untill
it
joyn
together
with
F
L
,
the
which
doubtless
shall
be
done
by
the
second
of
the
first
of
Vitellio
.
The
Point
of
the
Concourse
or
joining
together
,
is
E
,
then
I
divide
F
,
into
three
equal
portions
by
the
11th
of
the
sixth
of
Euclide
,
in
the
points
S
&
T
,
which
points
I
join
with
the
point
G.
by
the
Lines
of
F
G
,
and
G
R.
Now
shall
there
be
three
Angles
all
equal
to
themselves
by
the
38
of
Euclide
.
After
this
,
I
constitute
a
Trigon
,
B
H
C
,
equal
to
the
Trigon
,
F
S
G.
by
this
meanes
I
draw
forth
H
C
,
to
the
Equality
of
G
S
,
by
the
Equality
of
the
4th
of
the
first
of
Euclide
.
Then
at
the
point
H
I
design
an
Angle
,
B
H
C
,
equal
to
the
Angle
of
F
S
G.
by
the
23d
of
the
first
of
Euclide
;
and
by
3.
of
the
first
of
the
same
,
I
draw
H
B
,
until
it
be
equal
F
S.
Afterwards
I
join
B
C
,
by
a
Line
,
then
by
4.
of
the
first
,
the
Triangle
B
H
C
,
shall
be
equal
to
the
Triangle
F
S
G
,
and
shall
be
equal
to
the
Portion
F
N
G
,
by
the
17.
of
Archimedes
,
de
Quadratura
Parabolae
,
by
the
help
of
the
first
Conception
of
Euclide
.
I
do
the
like
of
the
Portion
of
F
G
X
,
to
whom
by
an
equal
Triangle
O
P
K
,
then
I
draw
P
Q
,
equally
distant
O
K
and
R
V
equally
distant
O
P
,
by
31
of
the
first
of
Euclide
,
then
by
41.
of
the
same
O
P
R
shall
be
half
of
the
Superficies
O
V.
Now
then
I
somewhat
portract
C
H
,
then
upon
B
H
I
constitute
a
Superficial
of
equidistant
sides
,
having
an
Angle
of
B
H
A
,
by
44.
of
the
first
of
Euclide
,
twice
assumpt
to
the
Diameter
of
the
first
Superficies
,
A
P
B
,
then
by
41.
of
the
same
by
the
first
conception
of
the
Trigon
A
B
C
,
shall
be
equal
of
the
Superficies
F
G
N
X.
granted
which
is
the
intent
.
Aristotle
(
to
say
the
Truth
)
was
an
excellent
searcher
of
things
,
yet
I
will
not
say
as
some
say
(
which
have
never
read
the
the
Works
of
Aristotle
,
or
understand
them
not
)
that
every
Word
of
Aristotle
,
is
almost
a
Sentence
;
and
that
Aristotle
was
the
God
of
Phylosophers
,
and
that
he
never
erred
in
one
Word
,
but
was
divine
in
all
things
.
Such
miserable
men
,
if
they
knew
what
it
were
to
speak
with
Demonstration
,
and
what
by
Experience
to
the
Sense
,
would
never
have
said
such
things
.
For
Sense
simply
,
in
those
things
which
are
not
properly
sensible
,
we
are
oftentimes
deceived
.
And
whereas
we
cannot
perceive
the
Deception
,
by
the
Mean
of
that
simple
sense
,
then
it
seemeth
to
us
that
the
thing
cannot
be
,
and
that
it
is
not
in
very
Deed
as
it
appeareth
to
the
sense
.
As
for
Example
,
who
is
he
that
thinking
not
a
Reflex
Form
on
the
Superficial
Water
immovable
,
to
be
seen
of
the
same
greatness
,
as
is
by
a
right
Longitude
,
by
the
mean
of
a
Diaphane
,
gathered
of
a
Radical
Line
incident
and
Reflex
;
whereas
this
is
false
by
G
D
,
of
the
6
of
Vitellio
.
For
the
Superfities
of
the
Water
is
Spherical
,
as
sheweth
Aristotle
,
2
de
C●●lo
,
cap.
4.
But
better
Archimedes
in
the
second
Proposition
,
De
subsidentibus
aquae
.
And
therefore
when
any
Star
appeareth
to
us
above
the
Horizon
,
yet
is
it
not
indeed
as
it
appeareth
by
this
Demonstration
.
Let
the
Star
be
I
,
the
Horizon
R
A
T
,
the
Earth
E
A
M.
whose
Center
is
A
,
and
the
sight
G
,
the
Vapours
O
E
;
then
whereas
the
radical
Line
passing
from
any
rare
thin
,
or
transparent
in
any
transparent
of
more
thickness
,
maketh
a
Perpendicular
,
by
the
45.
of
the
Second
of
Vitellio
,
it
is
manifest
therefore
that
the
Star
I
,
to
be
seen
by
the
Line
I
D
E
,
which
Line
shall
be
crooked
,
because
that
simple
Air
is
thinner
then
Vapours
,
and
Fire
thinner
then
Air.
Also
the
matter
or
substance
of
Heaven
is
thinner
then
Fire
,
by
the
50.
of
the
10
of
Vitellio
.
atmospheric diagram
Furthermore
,
the
higher
part
of
the
Air
is
thinner
then
the
lower
part
,
the
same
I
say
also
of
Water
and
Fire
(
if
we
may
call
Fire
the
highest
part
of
the
body
,
and
near
unto
the
concavity
of
the
Moon
)
and
of
every
Superior
part
of
Elements
.
And
so
the
Star
by
the
Line
D
E
,
seemeth
to
be
above
the
Horizon
,
in
the
point
V.
But
Vitellio
also
in
his
10
Book
,
in
the
Proposition
49.
teacheth
perspectively
,
and
how
it
may
be
instrumentally
proved
,
how
the
Stars
may
be
seen
in
the
Horizon
,
without
their
proper
places
,
by
reason
of
Incurnation
or
crooking
of
the
Beams
,
whereof
it
followeth
that
they
do
not
Mathematically
define
the
Horizon
,
which
say
it
is
the
Terminer
or
ender
of
the
sight
,
and
of
the
greatest
Circles
of
the
Sphere
,
whereas
by
the
Demonstration
before
,
the
Circle
ending
of
the
sight
,
is
cutting
the
Sphere
in
two
unequal
Portions
,
and
that
the
higher
Portion
be
greater
then
the
lower
.
For
if
the
Horizon
be
the
ender
of
the
sight
,
and
one
of
the
greatest
Circles
,
then
the
Earth
is
not
equally
about
the
Center
or
middle
of
the
World
,
or
else
the
middle
of
the
World
is
without
the
Earth
.
But
if
the
Earth
doth
equally
compass
about
the
middle
,
ergo
,
the
ender
of
the
sight
is
not
of
the
greatest
Circles
in
the
Sphere
,
or
contrarity
.
Therefore
if
we
shall
see
any
Star
above
the
ender
of
the
sight
,
we
should
not
therefore
think
it
to
be
in
the
twelfth
station
of
Heaven
(
this
is
to
be
understood
by
reasonable
manner
)
for
the
Virtue
of
the
Star
appeareth
chiefly
in
the
great
Circle
(
whose
Pole
is
Zenith
)
passing
by
the
90
Degree
of
the
Equinoctial
,
from
the
Intersection
or
dividing
of
the
same
with
the
Meridian
toward
the
East
.
Furthermore
,
the
difference
between
the
ender
of
the
sight
,
and
the
greater
Circle
,
is
not
only
one
Diameter
of
the
Star
,
but
of
Degrees
,
which
if
it
were
not
,
we
could
by
no
means
use
the
Proposition
49
of
Vitellio
:
and
therefore
it
was
no
small
Error
of
them
that
said
that
the
Horizon
is
the
ender
of
the
fight
.
and
one
of
the
greatest
Circles
in
the
Sphere
,
and
that
ever
the
middle
of
Heaven
appeareth
unto
us
,
for
evermore
then
half
appeareth
unto
us
;
for
the
Incurvation
or
crooking
of
the
Beams
.
But
he
that
will
see
more
Examples
of
these
things
,
let
him
read
the
4th
Book
of
Vitellio
,
and
the
Tenth
,
and
in
some
parts
the
Second
and
5th
of
the
same
,
in
all
of
which
he
shall
see
somewhat
how
easily
we
may
be
deceived
by
this
sense
,
but
the
like
of
other
Senses
is
not
to
be
doubted
.
Therefore
not
without
weak
and
slender
judgment
,
they
call
Aristotle
so
Divine
a
Prince
of
Phylosophy
,
and
Divine
Peter
Arches
,
did
very
wisely
give
Commendation
to
Aristotle
proportionally
and
no
further
,
but
only
to
God
;
forasmuch
as
it
is
humane
to
err
,
Aristotle
also
might
sometime
fail
.
We
having
thus
throughly
discoursed
of
Proportions
Local
,
we
shall
now
next
fall
upon
the
swift
Motion
by
the
Art
of
Navigation
,
which
will
occasion
us
to
traverse
many
rare
Mathematical
Secrets
.
This
most
swift
Motion
to
the
common
sort
of
men
seemeth
incredible
,
for
that
the
same
may
be
done
by
sailing
in
a
Ship
or
other
Vessell
,
against
whatsoever
course
of
any
Outragious
Flood
or
River
,
and
against
the
most
furious
Winds
whatsoever
they
are
,
even
also
in
the
deepest
Winter
,
and
greatest
Sourges
of
Water
.
Neither
is
it
strange
,
if
it
be
incredible
to
the
unexpert
.
For
the
common
people
count
that
for
a
Miracle
,
which
the
expert
Mathematicians
know
to
be
natural
and
easie
:
for
if
it
should
be
propounded
to
the
ignorant
people
,
that
any
man
might
in
the
midst
of
the
Waters
and
Floods
,
descend
to
the
bottom
of
the
River
Rhene
,
his
Apparel
remaining
dry
,
and
no
part
of
Body
wet
,
and
also
to
bring
with
him
burning
fire
from
the
bottom
of
the
Water
,
it
should
seem
to
them
to
be
ridiculous
and
an
impossibility
:
Which
nevertheless
in
the
year
1538.
in
Toleto
a
City
of
Spain
,
in
the
most
swift
River
Tagus
(
in
which
the
Gold
is
said
to
be
found
)
running
through
the
course
of
the
Sun
,
none
otherwise
then
Danubus
,
and
three
other
in
the
World
,
making
their
course
from
the
West
to
the
East
,
which
strange
fight
twelve
thousand
Persons
saw
in
the
presence
of
Charles
the
Emperour
,
the
fifth
of
that
Name
.
Of
such
strange
Experiments
I
shall
not
need
here
to
speak
much
.
Others
there
be
that
dare
affirm
,
that
a
certain
Ship
was
in
such
sort
driven
with
violent
Winds
and
furious
Seas
,
with
such
a
swift
course
,
that
the
Pilot
standing
in
the
Keel
of
the
Ship
,
near
unto
the
Mast
,
shooting
an
Arrow
out
of
a
Cross-bow
,
the
Arrow
fell
down
before
his
Feet
,
and
came
not
so
far
as
the
forepart
or
fore-castle
of
the
Ship
.
I
have
heard
also
of
credible
men
,
that
a
certain
Pilot
Cantabrian
,
lying
at
an
Anchor
at
Antwerp
,
on
a
certain
Sunday
after
morning
Prayer
,
departed
with
full
Sailes
and
prosperous
Winds
until
he
came
to
the
Coast
of
St.
James
of
Compostella
,
and
immediately
returning
with
like
prosperous
Winds
came
again
to
Antwerp
in
the
same
Ship
the
Sunday
next
following
.
The
which
I
deny
not
but
may
be
done
,
yet
not
without
great
danger
of
Shipwrack
,
especially
in
the
return
,
the
wind
being
at
the
South
.
Also
in
the
year
1551.
there
was
Experience
made
of
a
most
swift
Motion
;
For
,
from
Drepan
of
Sicilia
and
Trinacria
,
the
Port
of
the
Gales
of
Maltha
(
now
being
in
the
place
of
the
Rhodes
,
otherwise
called
of
St.
John
in
Jerusalem
)
A
certain
Ship
without
ever
striking
Sail
,
in
37
hours
arrived
at
Naples
.
And
yet
are
these
places
distant
in
Latitude
almost
five
degrees
,
besides
some
part
of
Longitude
:
which
on
the
Earth
correspondeth
and
amounteth
to
four
hundred
and
five
Miles
.
The
motions
are
caused
by
violent
Floods
and
outragious
Winds
.
The
like
also
may
be
done
against
the
fury
of
Winds
and
the
violence
of
Floods
,
when
need
shall
be
for
expedite
carriage
of
Victuales
by
Sea
,
and
even
in
places
where
it
is
hard
to
come
to
Land
,
and
this
with
small
labour
,
as
hereafter
I
will
plainly
declare
by
Demonstration
:
but
oftentimes
,
most
expert
Pilots
and
Sea-men
do
marvail
that
Sailing
in
Ships
of
the
self
same
making
,
weight
,
content
,
or
capacity
,
framed
also
of
the
same
Shipwright
,
furnished
with
equal
Sails
,
and
all
other
things
appertaing
,
yet
to
be
of
such
diverse
swiftness
,
that
the
one
cannot
keep
equal
course
with
the
other
,
which
admiration
doubtless
must
proceed
through
some
ignorance
or
want
of
knowledge
of
the
due
proportion
of
the
frame
of
all
sorts
of
Ships
:
that
is
the
depth
,
bredth
,
height
and
length
,
(
named
by
the
Master
Sea-men
,
Latitude
,
Longitude
,
Altitude
and
Profunditie
)
the
which
if
they
are
unknown
of
the
Master
Carpenter
or
Shipwright
,
two
Ships
can
never
be
so
directed
by
equal
course
,
but
that
one
shall
be
swifter
than
another
:
and
this
doubtless
only
by
reason
of
their
different
proportion
in
their
framing
,
making
,
or
architecture
.
depiction of a ship
I
have
oftentimes
attempted
by
Mathematical
reason
,
how
and
in
what
manner
a
commodious
fashion
of
Ships
may
be
Invented
with
small
labour
,
and
as
little
as
may
be
of
cost
,
which
may
in
short
time
strive
against
the
course
of
whatsoever
strong
Floods
or
Rivers
,
as
Rhene
,
Danubie
,
Mosella
,
Scalda
,
and
infinite
others
of
our
own
and
other
Countreys
,
boyling
and
overflowing
through
the
abundance
of
great
Showres
,
melted
Snows
and
furious
Winds
,
and
this
more
especially
for
the
commodity
of
speedy
transporting
of
Victuals
,
and
such
other
necessaries
:
in
consideration
whereof
,
the
proportion
first
observed
,
and
the
said
Ship
or
Vessel
almost
finished
,
then
must
be
made
three
holes
from
the
Keele
,
towards
the
forecastle
or
foremost
part
of
the
Ship
,
as
appeareth
in
the
figure
by
the
Letters
ABC
.
In
which
holes
,
in
time
of
the
course
,
certain
Engines
of
strange
and
marvellous
invention
may
be
fastened
.
In
the
poupe
or
hinder
part
of
the
Ship
,
may
be
prepared
(
after
the
manner
of
Germany
)
a
little
Stove
or
Hot-House
,
where
Passengers
may
commodiously
rest
,
now
the
Ship
being
thus
prepared
,
the
bottom
thereof
should
be
drest
with
Tallow
;
and
not
with
Tarr
,
that
it
may
move
the
swiftlyer
.
Thus
having
considered
of
the
proportion
and
frame
of
the
said
Ship
,
the
rest
of
the
Mechanical
or
Handy-craft
Work
,
we
leave
to
the
Carpenters
and
Shipwrights
.
It
chanceth
oftentimes
,
and
that
more
especially
in
Winter
,
that
certain
Floods
and
Rivers
overflown
with
too
much
abundance
of
waters
,
do
through
their
violence
refuse
all
Navigations
that
may
be
made
against
their
course
,
to
the
great
damage
and
hurt
of
the
Inhabitants
of
many
Towns
and
Cities
,
to
the
which
they
should
carry
Victuals
and
other
Provisions
,
against
the
course
of
the
Rivers
:
And
therefore
in
savour
of
the
Commonwealth
,
I
have
invented
these
kind
of
Ships
,
that
I
may
hereby
,
as
by
my
Seal
,
confirm
the
good
will
I
bear
to
our
posterity
.
Now
therefore
it
may
suffice
to
have
said
thus
much
of
this
swift
motion
which
I
have
proved
with
my
own
strength
of
reason
,
and
sufficiently
declared
the
framing
and
use
thereof
:
whereunto
it
may
be
easie
for
expert
men
to
add
more
,
according
to
the
excellency
of
their
Wits
and
Cunning.
For
in
all
Sciences
it
is
easier
to
add
to
Inventions
,
then
to
Invent.
Let
us
now
not
only
consider
what
commodity
this
may
bring
to
our selves
,
but
also
to
the
Brabantines
,
Sayling
from
Antuerp
to
Bruxells
in
the
new
River
:
for
that
which
they
attempt
dangerously
with
great
vexation
and
shogging
in
Wagons
by
foul
and
tedious
Journeys
,
often
wet
to
the
Skin
for
the
space
of
a
whole
day
,
may
by
Water
be
done
more
conveniently
,
in
the
space
of
four
or
five
hours
even
against
the
River
and
Wind.
And
least
the
Reader
should
seem
to
refute
our
sayings
,
while
he
thinks
that
those
things
which
he
esteemeth
for
Miracles
,
to
exceed
the
Limits
of
Nature
,
I
will
shew
manifestly
by
one
Demonstration
of
the
forementioned
Enterpriser
,
the
manner
how
he
descended
to
the
bottom
of
the
River
,
his
body
remaining
dry
as
before
I
have
affirmed
.
But
here
first
let
us
consider
,
that
naturally
the
Water
or
Sea
(
as
other
Elements
)
intendeth
to
a
Sperical
form
,
and
with
its
globositie
or
rising
,
overpasseth
most
high
Mountains
.
But
hear
again
will
arise
another
doubt
to
the
inexpert
.
That
is
,
If
the
Sea
be
higher
than
the
Land
,
how
is
it
then
that
it
doth
not
drown
and
cover
the
Earth
,
whereunto
I
answer
,
that
the
driness
of
the
Earth
may
so
long
resist
the
moistness
of
the
Water
,
untill
it
receive
or
imbibe
too
much
moistness
,
which
may
thus
be
naturally
proved
.
Fill
a
Cup
,
a
Glass
,
or
other
Vessel
with
Water
or
Wine
to
the
brim
,
so
that
the
fulness
thereof
may
seem
to
swell
as
if
it
would
overflow
the
brim
of
the
Cup.
Then
may
you
yet
put
therein
many
pieces
of
Gold
,
without
shedding
one
drop
of
Water
.
But
if
the
extreamity
of
the
brim
be
once
wet
,
immediately
the
Water
overfloweth
,
because
the
driness
of
the
Vessel
doth
participate
of
the
moistness
of
the
Water
:
which
is
yet
▪
better
proved
in
the
manner
as
followeth
:
Take
a
certain
quantity
of
Water
and
sprinkle
it
by
drops
upno
a
dry
(
or
dusty
)
Table
:
so
shall
the
drops
partly
shew
a
Sperical
form
remaining
;
but
if
the
Table
before
be
never
so
little
wet
with
Water
,
the
drops
sprinkled
thereon
,
shall
float
abroad
,
and
keep
no
sperical
or
round
form
,
by
reason
of
the
moisture
that
the
Table
hath
received
before
of
the
Water
.
It
hath
oftentimes
happened
that
certain
Towns
and
Lands
have
been
drowned
by
the
Rivers
overflowing
near
unto
them
.
Nevertheless
,
how
much
soever
such
Waters
increase
or
rise
,
there
is
no
danger
,
untill
great
Showres
falling
from
Heaven
,
do
thorowly
wet
the
Banks
,
Ramperts
and
Calseys
of
such
Rivers
.
For
when
they
(
as
we
have
said
)
are
thorowly
imbibed
with
moistness
,
they
cause
the
overflowing
and
breach
,
whereof
followeth
the
overflowing
and
drowning
of
the
Region
:
And
this
may
suffice
for
Advertisement
.
Now
I
shall
instance
the
aforesaid
experiment
shewed
at
Toleto
by
two
Gre
ks
:
who
taking
a
Chalderon
of
great
Capacity
,
the
Mouth
turned
downwards
,
and
so
hanging
it
in
the
Air
by
Ropes
,
they
fastened
certain
Boards
,
Posts
,
or
Shelves
in
the
middest
of
the
Chaldron
,
where
they
placed
themselves
with
the
fire
.
Then
to
make
it
hang
stedfastly
and
equally
,
they
compassed
the
Circumference
,
brim
,
or
border
thereof
with
Leaden
Plummets
,
every
side
equally
,
and
made
of
equal
weight
,
least
any
part
of
the
circumference
of
the
mouth
of
the
Chaldron
,
except
it
were
equally
&
softly
let
down
into
the
water
,
should
sooner
touch
the
water
then
the
whole
circumference
.
For
so
should
the
water
easily
overcome
the
air
inclosed
in
the
chaldron
,
and
resolve
it
into
moisture
.
But
if
by
due
proportion
the
Chaldron
thus
prepared
,
be
fair
and
softly
let
down
into
the
water
,
the
air
inclosed
in
the
chaldron
(
by
resistance
of
the
water
)
shall
violently
make
it self
place
,
not
admitting
the
water
to
enter
.
So
the
men
there
inclosed
,
shall
so
long
remain
dry
in
the
middest
of
the
water
,
untill
success
of
time
do
by
respiration
debilitate
and
consume
the
inclosed
Air
,
turning
it
into
gross
humidity
,
ingrossed
by
the
coldness
and
moistness
of
the
water
:
but
if
in
due
time
the
chaldron
be
softly
and
equally
drawn
out
of
the
water
,
the
men
shall
remain
dry
and
the
fire
not
extinct
,
as
it
was
then
experimented
,
which
also
may
be
thus
proved
:
take
a
Cup
or
Glass
of
a
certain
quantity
:
the
circumference
of
the
mouth
whereof
,
shall
be
broader
then
the
circumference
of
the
bottom
.
In
the
mouth
let
be
fastened
a
little
stick
,
tying
thereunto
a
thread
:
on
the
stick
,
fasten
a
little
candle
of
wax
,
whose
light
may
come
only
to
the
middest
of
the
cup
,
least
as
much
nearness
of
the
water
might
suffocate
the
candle
.
Then
proportionably
(
as
in
the
former
experiment
)
put
the
cup
with
a
burning
candle
into
a
Vessel
full
of
water
,
and
in
due
time
draw
it
out
softly
and
equally
,
so
that
no
part
of
the
mouth
of
the
circumference
thereof
be
drawn
out
before
the
whole
,
or
speedily
,
so
shall
the
candle
remain
in
extinct
.
Let
not
therefore
the
Ignorant
condemn
our
writings
,
before
they
know
what
may
be
done
by
experience
,
it
is
now
no
miracle
,
when
it
is
known
to
be
natural
:
and
thus
it
is
in
all
other
Sciences
and
Experiments
,
which
the
common
people
think
to
be
impossible
.
As
that
the
salt
water
of
the
Sea
may
be
made
fresh
,
and
Potable
to
be
drunk
;
which
nevertheless
may
be
done
naturally
,
as
hath
been
often
proved
divers
ways
.
Some
do
this
(
as
is
written
in
Gemma
Philosophica
)
putting
the
salt
water
in
a
Vessel
plaistered
or
crusted
over
with
clean
wax
,
which
distilling
through
the
strait
or
narrow
pores
thereof
,
leaveth
the
salt
,
which
for
its
grossness
cannot
pass
thereby
.
The
same
may
be
done
better
by
a
Canon
or
Pipe
,
filled
with
Gravel
or
little
stones
,
that
the
salt
water
poured
thereon
may
divers
times
pass
through
that
Pipe
into
another
Vessel
.
Furthermore
,
Let
these
ignorant
People
take
notice
that
the
Arts
and
Sciences
have
all
of
them
in
the
latter
Ages
either
been
revived
from
decay
,
or
reduced
to
use
,
or
brought
forward
to
perfection
:
so
many
secrets
of
nature
and
rare
conclusions
having
been
found
out
by
and
imparted
to
the
World
by
Albertus
Magnes
,
Levinus
Lemnius
,
Fernelius
,
Fracostorius
,
Babtista
Porta
,
Cornelius
Agrippa
,
Cardanus
,
Trithemius
,
Delrio
,
and
infinite
others
,
besides
our
own
Countreymen
,
such
Inventions
as
have
been
singular
and
artificial
,
for
the
use
,
ease
,
delight
,
or
ornament
of
Mankind
,
as
a
number
of
Mecanical
.
Mathematical
and
Musical
Instruments
,
Chimneys
,
Stirrups
,
Paper
,
Spectacles
,
Parcellan
,
Perspective-Glasses
,
Fining
of
Sugars
,
Hand-mills
,
Glones
,
Hats
,
Bands
,
Watches
,
besides
divers
excellent
Works
in
Stuffs
and
Silks
,
in
Linnens
,
in
Hangings
,
in
Carpets
,
with
many
others
,
particularly
set
down
by
Polydor
Virgil
de
Inventoribus
rerum
,
and
Pancirellus
in
his
novo
rep●rta
,
a●d
Cardanus
in
his
17
Book
de
Artibus
,
artificiosisque
r●bus
,
to
whom
notwithstanding
much
more
might
be
easily
added
,
for
as
truth
is
the
Daughter
of
time
,
so
are
useful
Inventions
too
,
as
rightly
Manilius
.
Sed
cum
Longae
dies
acuit
mortalia
corda
Et
Labor
ingenium
miseris
dedit
,
&
sua
quenque
Advigilare
sibi
jussit
fortuna
premendo
,
Seducta
in
varias
certarunt
pectora
curas
,
Et
quodcunque
sagax
tentundo
r●perit
usus
,
In
commune
bonum
commentum
L●ta
tenere
.
But
when
the
tract
of
time
had
whet
mens
wits
,
And
Industry
had
moulded
them
by
fits
;
Fortune
pressing
each
Man
to
endeavour
To
free
himself
from
misery
,
together
They
bend
their
Minds
to
search
out
sundry
things
,
And
what
is
found
by
observation
sage
,
They
chearfully
impart
from
age
to
age
.
I
will
only
specifie
some
other
of
the
rarest
Artificial
Works
of
this
latter
Age
,
comparable
for
Workmanship
with
the
best
of
the
Ancients
,
Peter
Ramas
tells
us
of
a
wooden
Eagle
,
and
an
Iron
Fly
,
made
by
Regiomontanus
a
famous
Mathematician
of
Norimburgh
,
whereof
the
first
in
Imitation
of
Architas
his
Dove
,
met
the
Emperor
a
good
way
off
coming
towards
it
,
and
having
saluted
him
returned
again
,
waiting
on
him
to
the
City
Gates
.
The
second
at
a
Feast
whereto
he
had
invited
his
loving
Friends
,
flew
forth
of
his
hand
,
and
taking
a
round
,
returned
thither
again
,
to
the
great
Astonishment
of
the
Beholders
;
both
which
the
Divine
Pen
of
the
Noble
Du
Bartas
hath
excellently
expressed
.
Why
should
I
not
that
wooden
Eagle
mention
,
A
Learned
Germans
late
admired
Invention
,
Which
mounting
from
his
fist
,
that
framed
her
;
Flew
far
to
meet
an
Almain
Emperour
:
And
having
met
him
,
with
her
Noble
Train
And
weary
Wings
,
turning
about
again
,
Followed
him
close
unto
the
Castle-gate
Of
Norimburgh
,
whom
all
their
shews
of
State
,
Streets
hang'd
with
Arms
,
Arches
curious
built
;
Grey-headed
Senate
,
and
Youths
,
gallantise
,
Graced
not
so
much
as
only
this
devise
.
He
goes
on
,
and
thus
describes
the
Fly
.
Once
as
this
Artist
,
more
with
Mirth
than
Meat
Feasted
some
Friends
whom
he
esteemed
great
;
From
under
's
hand
an
Iron
Flie
flew
out
;
Which
having
flown
a
perfect
round
about
,
With
wearied
Wings
return'd
unto
her
Master
,
And
as
judicious
on
his
Arm
he
plac'd
her
.
O
Divine
Wit
!
that
in
the
narrow
Womb
Of
a
small
Fly
,
couldst
find
sufficient
room
For
all
those
Springs
,
Wheels
,
counterpoise
and
Chains
,
Which
stood
instead
of
Life
,
and
Spur
,
and
Rheins
.
Desimanus
itaque
Architas
columbam
mirari
,
cum
muscam
,
cum
aquilam
Geometricis
alis
alatum
Norsbergea
exhibeat
,
saith
Ramus
,
let
us
give
over
to
wonder
at
Architus
his
Dove
,
f●ithence
Norimburgh
hath
exhibited
both
a
Fly
and
an
Eagle
winged
with
Geometrical
Wings
.
Bartas
likewise
remembers
the
curious
Dial
and
Clock
at
Stransburgh
,
my self
have
beheld
not
without
Admiration
.
But
who
would
think
that
mortal
hands
could
mould
,
New
Heavens
,
new
Stars
whose
whirling
courses
should
With
constant
windings
,
through
contrary
ways
.
Mark
,
the
true
monds
of
years
,
and
months
and
days
,
Yet
't
is
a
story
that
hath
oft
been
heard
,
And
by
a
hundred
witnesses
averr'd
.
Neither
doth
he
forget
the
most
excellent
Silver
Sphere
(
matchable
with
Archimedes
,
or
that
of
the
Zapores
King
of
Persia
)
which
was
sent
as
a
present
by
the
Emperour
Ferdinand
to
Solyman
the
Great
Turk
;
and
is
mentioned
by
Paulus
Jovius
and
Sabellicus
;
it
was
carried
as
they
write
by
twelve
men
,
unframed
and
reframed
in
the
Grand-Seigniors
Presence
,
by
the
maker
,
who
likewise
delivered
him
a
Book
containing
the
Mystery
of
using
it
.
Nor
may
we
smoother
,
or
forget
ingrately
The
Heaven
of
Silver
,
that
was
sent
but
lately
From
Ferdinando
,
as
a
famous
Work
Unto
Byzantium
to
the
greatest
Turk
:
Wherein
a
Spirit
still
moving
to
and
fro
,
Made
all
the
Engine
orderly
to
go
:
And
tho'
the
one
Sphere
did
always
slowly
slide
,
and
contrary
the
other
swiftly
glide
;
Yet
still
their
Stars
kept
all
their
courses
even
With
the
true
courses
of
the
Stars
of
Heaven
.
The
Sun
there
shifting
in
the
Zodiack
His
shining
houses
,
never
did
forsake
His
pointed
Path
,
there
in
a
Month
his
Sister
Fulfil'd
her
course
,
and
changing
of
't
her
Lustre
And
form
of
Face
(
now
larger
,
lesser
soon
)
Followed
the
changes
of
the
other
Moon
.
So
that
which
way
soever
we
turn
our
Eyes
,
we
may
see
that
Posterity
hath
not
riotously
wasted
the
Inheritance
of
Arts
and
Sciences
,
left
them
by
their
Predecessors
,
but
have
greatly
increased
the
same
and
invented
others
:
for
certainly
the
multitude
of
things
incomprehensible
,
is
infinite
,
and
so
therefore
inventions
must
needs
also
be
infinite
,
and
without
end
,
like
tunes
in
the
Art
of
Musick
.
And
forasmuch
as
I
have
made
mention
of
sundry
Inventions
,
it
shall
not
be
from
the
purpose
,
to
describe
the
goodly
Instrument
whereof
Angelus
Politianus
in
his
fourth
Book
of
Epistles
to
Franciscus
Caso
,
where
he
writeth
in
this
manner
,
I
have
received
your
Epistle
,
wherein
you
signify
to
me
,
that
you
have
heard
of
the
strange
Engine
or
Instrument
Antomatan
invented
,
and
made
of
late
by
one
Lawrence
a
Florentine
;
in
the
which
is
expressed
the
course
and
motions
of
the
Planets
conformable
and
agreeable
with
the
motions
of
Heaven
,
and
forasmuch
(
saith
he
)
as
the
report
thereof
is
hardly
believed
,
you
greatly
desire
that
I
should
write
to
you
,
what
certain
Knowledge
I
have
of
that
thing
,
wherein
I
am
ready
to
obey
your
Request
.
And
altho'
now
it
be
long
since
I
saw
it
,
yet
as
far
as
I
bear
in
memory
,
I
will
briefly
express
to
you
the
Form
,
Reason
,
and
Use
thereof
.
And
if
the
Description
thereof
shall
seem
to
you
to
be
somewhat
obscure
,
you
shall
not
ascribe
it
altogether
to
my
Declaration
,
but
partly
to
the
subtlety
and
Novelty
of
the
thing
.
It
is
in
form
of
a
square
Pillar
,
sharp
towards
the
top
,
in
the
manner
of
a
Pyramidis
,
of
height
almost
three
Cubits
:
over
and
above
it
in
manner
of
a
baner
,
is
a
flat
or
plain
round
of
guilded
Copper
,
adorned
with
sundry
Colours
,
on
whose
other
part
is
expressed
the
whole
course
of
the
Planets
,
and
whole
Dimension
or
Measure
is
somewhat
shorter
then
a
Cubit
,
and
is
within
turned
and
moved
with
certain
little
Denticle
Wheels
,
an
immoveable
Circle
comprehending
the
highest
Border
or
Margent
,
divided
with
the
spaces
of
24
hours
within
it
,
in
the
highest
turning
Roundel
,
the
twelve
signs
are
discerned
by
three
Degrees
.
Further
,
within
are
seen
eight
Rundels
,
in
manner
of
one
greatness
,
of
these
two
obtain
the
middle
point
,
the
one
fastened
in
the
other
,
so
that
the
lowest
being
somewhat
bigger
,
representeth
the
Sun
,
and
the
higher
the
Moon
.
From
the
Sun
a
beam
coming
to
the
circle
,
sheweth
in
it
the
hours
:
and
in
the
Zodia●k
,
the
Months
,
days
,
and
number
of
Degrees
,
and
also
the
true
and
half
Motion
of
the
Sun
.
From
the
Moon
also
proceedeth
a
Pin
,
or
●●yer
,
which
beneath
or
downward
in
the
Border
or
Margent
of
the
greatest
Rundel
,
sheweth
the
hours
:
and
passing
by
the
Center
of
the
Epicide
of
the
Moon
,
and
extending
to
the
Zodiack
,
sheweth
the
half
Motion
of
his
Planet
.
Another
also
rising
from
thence
,
and
cutting
the
border
of
the
Center
of
the
Moon
(
that
is
of
the
Epicide
)
sheweth
her
true
place
,
whereby
are
seen
the
slowness
,
swiftness
,
all
Motions
and
Courses
,
Conjunctions
also
and
full
Moons
.
About
these
are
six
other
Rundels
,
of
the
which
,
one
whom
they
call
the
Head
and
Tail
of
the
Dragon
,
sheweth
the
Ecclipses
both
of
the
Sun
and
the
Moon
.
The
other
are
attributed
to
the
Planets
;
from
every
one
of
which
,
proceed
two
points
,
assigning
the
Motions
(
as
we
have
said
)
of
the
Moon
,
but
they
also
go
backward
,
which
chanceth
not
in
the
Moon
,
whose
Ecclipse
is
moved
contrariwise
.
And
thus
the
reason
of
Conjunctions
,
Departings
,
and
Latitudes
is
manifest
in
all
.
There
is
also
another
Border
likewise
to
the
Zodiack
,
cutting
or
dividing
upward
or
above
,
those
six
little
Rundels
of
the
Planets
,
whereby
appeareth
the
Degrees
of
the
East
signs
,
and
the
spaces
of
the
days
(
that
is
to
say
)
at
what
hour
the
Sun
riseth
,
by
the
which
,
every
one
of
the
Planets
are
carried
in
their
Rundels
or
Circles
by
course
,
in
the
day-time
to
the
East
,
and
in
the
Night
to
the
West
.
Again
contrariwise
,
the
greatest
Rundel
of
all
,
draweth
with
it
all
the
Planets
,
in
the
Night
to
the
East
,
and
in
the
day
to
the
West
,
in
the
space
of
24
hours
.
All
which
to
agree
with
the
Motions
of
the
Heavens
,
both
Reason
and
Experience
do
confirm
;
and
therefore
we
ought
not
to
marvel
if
these
things
seem
incredible
to
many
.
(
For
as
saith
the
wise
Proverb
)
Faith
is
slowly
given
to
great
things
,
for
even
we
scarcely
believe
our
own
Eyes
,
when
we
see
such
things
.
And
therefore
,
whereas
in
time
past
I
read
,
that
such
a
like
Instrument
was
made
by
Archimedes
,
my
Faith
yet
failed
to
give
Credit
to
so
great
an
Author
,
which
thing
nevertheless
this
our
Florentine
hath
performed
.
The
work
doubtless
being
of
such
an
Excellence
,
that
all
praise
is
inferiour
to
it
,
and
cannot
otherwise
for
the
worthiness
thereof
,
be
otherwise
praised
,
then
to
say
that
it
is
above
all
praise
;
insomuch
that
he
may
seem
a
man
sent
from
Heaven
,
where
he
learnt
the
making
of
this
Heaven
;
Hitherto
Politianus
.
Of
the
like
Instrument
,
Roger
Bacon
maketh
mention
,
affirming
the
same
to
be
worth
a
Kingdom
to
a
wise
man
.
But
forasmuch
as
the
Subject
I
have
discoursed
of
is
chiefly
touching
Inventions
appertaining
to
Ships
,
and
the
Art
of
Navigation
,
I
shall
here
think
it
fit
to
say
something
of
the
Invention
of
a
certain
Italian
Writer
Leonardo
Fiorauanti
,
who
in
his
Book
Intituled
,
Specchio
di
Scientia
Vniversale
,
doth
greatly
glory
in
the
Invention
of
Ships
,
which
cannot
perish
either
on
the
Sea
,
or
the
Land
,
affirming
the
like
was
neuer
invented
since
the
Creation
of
the
World
.
But
I
fear
,
least
his
vain
Glory
of
discoursing
in
the
Italian
Tongue
,
hath
caused
him
more
then
needs
,
to
commend
his
own
invention
.
Therefore
commiting
the
judgment
hereof
to
men
of
greater
Experience
and
Knowledge
in
these
things
,
I
will
only
translate
his
Words
,
whereby
in
the
book
before-named
,
he
describeth
the
same
Ship
in
this
manner
.
Take
Beams
of
Fur
or
Pine-tree
,
which
of
their
own
nature
can
never
sink
or
go
down
,
or
remain
under
the
Water
,
and
with
these
Beams
frame
an
Engine
or
Machine
,
of
the
length
of
threescore
foot
,
and
of
the
height
of
six
foot
,
and
of
the
breadth
of
twenty
foot
,
laying
the
first
rank
in
length
,
fashioning
the
fore-part
like
unto
other
Ships
,
and
in
like
manner
,
bringing
the
poop
or
hinder
part
to
good
Form
;
then
with
such
Irons
as
appertain
bind
it
,
and
strengthen
it
in
such
manner
as
it
cannot
break
.
And
upon
this
Frame
or
Foundation
build
your
Ship
,
of
such
fashion
as
you
think
best
,
&c.
But
whether
the
Frame
or
Foundation
should
be
builded
upon
the
Keel
or
bottom
of
the
Ship
,
or
otherwise
(
as
I
have
said
)
I
must
commit
it
to
them
of
better
judgment
.
But
least
I
should
be
unmindful
of
my
Promise
,
concerning
the
rare
Geometrician
Beson
,
that
caused
a
book
to
be
Printed
containing
the
Forms
and
Portracts
of
60
Engines
of
marvellous
strange
and
profitable
Device
,
of
which
I
only
mentioned
three
forasmuch
as
they
chiefly
appertain
to
Ships
,
viz.
the
54
,
57
,
60.
I
shall
here
make
a
brief
Rehersal
of
them
,
the
54
therefore
(
as
he
writeth
)
is
an
Engine
not
unlike
to
that
which
Archimedes
in
former
time
invented
for
the
Syracusians
,
wherewith
a
man
with
the
strength
of
only
one
hand
,
by
help
of
the
Instrument
called
Trispacton
(
which
in
our
Tongue
some
call
an
endless
scrue
)
brought
a
Ship
of
marvellous
greatness
from
the
Land
into
the
the
Sea
,
in
the
sight
of
King
Hieron
,
and
an
infinite
Multitude
which
with
all
their
force
could
not
do
the
same
,
&c.
Of
which
also
our
Countrey-man
Roger
Bacon
,
a
great
Philosopher
seemed
to
have
had
some
Knowledge
:
he
making
mention
of
an
Instrument
no
bigger
then
a
mans
body
,
wherewith
one
man
might
draw
to
him
the
strength
of
three
hundred
men
.
And
when
I
was
in
France
I
heard
credibly
reported
that
an
Almain
made
an
Engine
,
where
with
one
at
15
years
of
Age
lifted
from
the
ground
a
weight
,
which
the
strongest
man
in
the
Court
was
not
able
to
remove
.
Almost
the
same
device
we
see
in
the
bending
of
a
Cross-bow
.
Also
at
my
being
in
Germany
in
the
City
of
Strasburgh
,
a
worthy
Gentleman
,
Monsieur
de
Saleno
,
told
me
that
in
that
City
one
had
invented
an
Engine
of
Iron
,
no
bigger
than
a
mans
hand
,
whereunto
fastening
a
Rope
,
with
a
hook
of
Iron
,
no
bigger
than
a
mans
head
,
and
casting
the
hook
upon
a
Wall
,
Tree
,
or
other
place
,
where
it
might
take
hold
,
he
could
with
that
Engine
lift
himself
up
to
the
Wall
,
or
other
places
.
But
to
return
to
the
other
two
Engines
of
Beson
,
pertaining
to
our
purpose
,
The
60
Figure
(
as
he
there
writeth
)
is
the
Invention
of
an
Engine
,
scarcely
credible
,
wherewith
by
Ballance
and
easie
Motion
,
beyond
the
order
of
Nature
,
a
Ship
ma
be
ordered
and
governed
,
that
in
the
●alm
Sea
it
shall
move
forwards
,
and
in
little
Wind
hasten
the
course
,
and
in
too
much
Wind
,
temper
and
moderate
the
same
;
a
Secret
(
as
he
saith
)
worth
the
Knowledge
of
a
Prince
.
Of
the
third
Engine
which
is
the
57
of
his
Book
,
he
writeth
thus
,
an
Artifice
not
yet
divulged
or
set
forth
,
which
placed
in
the
poop
of
a
Ship
,
whither
the
Water
hath
Recourse
,
and
moved
by
the
Motion
of
the
Ship
with
Wheels
and
Weights
,
doth
exactly
shew
what
space
the
Ship
hath
gone
,
&c.
by
which
Description
,
some
do
understand
that
the
Knowledge
of
the
Longitude
might
so
be
found
a
thing
doubtless
greatly
to
be
desired
,
and
hitherto
not
certainly
known
,
altho'
Sebastian
Cabot
on
his
Death-bed
,
told
me
he
had
the
Knowledge
of
the
same
by
Divine
Revelation
,
yet
so
,
that
he
might
not
teach
any
Man
.
But
I
think
that
the
good
old
man
,
in
his
extream
Age
,
somewhat
doted
,
and
had
not
yet
even
in
the
Article
of
Death
,
utterly
shaken
off
all
worldly
vain
Glory
.
As
touching
which
Knowledge
of
the
Longitude
,
to
speak
a
little
more
by
occasion
now
given
,
it
shall
not
be
from
the
purpose
,
for
to
rehearse
the
Words
of
that
Excellent
Learned
man
,
Joannes
Fernelius
,
in
his
incomparable
Book
de
abditis
rerum
causis
,
where
in
his
Preface
to
King
Henry
of
France
,
he
writeth
thus
,
we
have
put
our
helping
hand
to
the
Art
of
Navigation
and
Geography
;
for
by
the
Observation
of
the
hours
of
the
Equinoctials
,
we
have
invented
how
in
whatsoever
Region
or
place
of
the
World
a
man
shall
be
,
he
may
know
in
what
Longitude
it
is
;
which
certainly
we
have
not
taken
from
the
Fountains
of
the
Ancients
,
but
first
of
all
(
as
I
think
)
have
drawn
it
out
of
our
own
Rivers
,
as
our
own
Invention
.
I
shall
conclude
(
as
I
said
before
)
that
which
way
soever
we
turn
our
Eyes
,
we
may
see
that
Posterity
hath
not
riotously
wasted
the
Inheritance
of
Arts
and
Sciences
,
left
them
by
their
Predecessors
,
but
have
greatly
improved
and
increase
the
same
,
and
also
invented
others
.
FINIS
.